#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-03-17 16:33-0300\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/title
#: book.translate.xml:63
msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer for New Contributors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/author
#: book.translate.xml:66
msgid "<orgname>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</orgname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: info/copyright
#: book.translate.xml:70
msgid ""
"<year>1998</year> <year>1999</year> <year>2000</year> <year>2001</year> "
"<year>2002</year> <year>2003</year> <year>2004</year> <year>2005</year> "
"<year>2006</year> <year>2007</year> <year>2008</year> <year>2009</year> "
"<year>2010</year> <year>2011</year> <year>2012</year> <year>2013</year> "
"<year>2014</year> <year>2015</year> <year>2016</year> <year>2017</year> "
"<holder role=\"mailto:doceng@FreeBSD.org\">DocEng</holder>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title
#: book.translate.xml:100
msgid "Copyright"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
#: book.translate.xml:102
msgid ""
"Redistribution and use in source (XML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms (XML, "
"HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without modification, are "
"permitted provided that the following conditions are met:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:109
msgid ""
"Redistributions of source code (XML DocBook) must retain the above copyright "
"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as the first "
"lines of this file unmodified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:115
msgid ""
"Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs, converted to "
"PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce the above copyright "
"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the "
"documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:124
msgid ""
"THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT \"AS "
"IS\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, "
"THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR "
"PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT "
"BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR "
"CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF "
"SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS "
"INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN "
"CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) "
"ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF "
"THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: book.translate.xml:141
msgid ""
"Thank you for becoming a part of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. Your "
"contribution is extremely valuable, and we appreciate it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: book.translate.xml:145
msgid ""
"This primer covers details needed to start contributing to the FreeBSD "
"Documentation Project, or <acronym>FDP</acronym>, including tools, software, "
"and the philosophy behind the Documentation Project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: book.translate.xml:151
msgid ""
"This is a work in progress. Corrections and additions are always welcome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: preface/title
#: book.translate.xml:157
msgid "Preface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:160
msgid "Shell Prompts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:162
msgid ""
"This table shows the default system prompt and superuser prompt. The "
"examples use these prompts to indicate which type of user is running the "
"example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:170
msgid "User"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:171
msgid "Prompt"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:177
msgid "Normal user"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:178 book.translate.xml:4362
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:182
msgid "<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:183 book.translate.xml:4355
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:191
msgid "Typographic Conventions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:193
msgid "This table describes the typographic conventions used in this book."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:200
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
#: book.translate.xml:201 book.translate.xml:4862 book.translate.xml:9943
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:207
msgid "The names of commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:208
msgid "Use <command>ls -l</command> to list all files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:213
msgid "The names of files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:214
msgid "Edit <filename>.login</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:218
msgid "On-screen computer output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/screen
#: book.translate.xml:219
#, no-wrap
msgid "You have mail."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:223
msgid "What the user types, contrasted with on-screen computer output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: entry/screen
#: book.translate.xml:226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>date +\"The time is %H:%M\"</userinput>\n"
"The time is 09:18"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:231
msgid "Manual page references."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:232
msgid ""
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> to change user identity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:236
msgid "User and group names."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:237
msgid "Only <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> can do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:242
msgid "Emphasis."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:243
msgid "The user <emphasis>must</emphasis> do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:248
msgid "Text that the user is expected to replace with the actual text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:251
msgid ""
"To search for a keyword in the manual pages, type <command>man -k "
"<replaceable>keyword</replaceable></command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:257
msgid "Environment variables."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:258
msgid "<envar>$HOME</envar> is set to the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:267
msgid "Notes, Tips, Important Information, Warnings, and Examples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:270
msgid "Notes, warnings, and examples appear within the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:274
msgid ""
"Notes are represented like this, and contain information to take note of, as "
"it may affect what the user does."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:280
msgid ""
"Tips are represented like this, and contain information helpful to the user, "
"like showing an easier way to do something."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:286
msgid ""
"Important information is represented like this. Typically, these show extra "
"steps the user may need to take."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:292
msgid ""
"Warnings are represented like this, and contain information warning about "
"possible damage if the instructions are not followed. This damage may be "
"physical, to the hardware or the user, or it may be non-physical, such as "
"the inadvertent deletion of important files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:300
msgid "A Sample Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:302
msgid ""
"Examples are represented like this, and typically contain examples showing a "
"walkthrough, or the results of a particular action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:309
msgid "Acknowledgments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:311
msgid ""
"My thanks to Sue Blake, Patrick Durusau, Jon Hamilton, Peter Flynn, and "
"Christopher Maden, who took the time to read early drafts of this document "
"and offer many valuable comments and criticisms."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:350 book.translate.xml:2060
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:352
msgid ""
"Welcome to the FreeBSD Documentation Project (<acronym>FDP</acronym>). "
"Quality documentation is crucial to the success of FreeBSD, and we value "
"your contributions very highly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:357
msgid ""
"This document describes how the <acronym>FDP</acronym> is organized, how to "
"write and submit documentation, and how to effectively use the available "
"tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:361
msgid ""
"Everyone is welcome to contribute to the <acronym>FDP</acronym>. Willingness "
"to contribute is the only membership requirement."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:365
msgid "This primer shows how to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:369
msgid ""
"Identify which parts of FreeBSD are maintained by the <acronym>FDP</acronym>."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:374
msgid "Install the required documentation tools and files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:378
msgid "Make changes to the documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:382
msgid ""
"Submit changes back for review and inclusion in the FreeBSD documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:388 book.translate.xml:7349
msgid "Quick Start"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:390
msgid ""
"Some preparatory steps must be taken before editing the FreeBSD "
"documentation. First, subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists."
"FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project "
"mailing list</link>. Some team members also interact on the "
"<literal>#bsddocs</literal> <acronym>IRC</acronym> channel on <link xlink:"
"href=\"http://www.efnet.org/\">EFnet</link>. These people can help with "
"questions or problems involving the documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:400
msgid ""
"Install the <package>textproc/docproj</package> meta-package and "
"<application>Subversion</application>. This meta-package installs all of the "
"software needed to edit and build FreeBSD documentation. The "
"<application>Subversion</application> package is needed to obtain a working "
"copy of the documentation and generate patches with."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:409
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install docproj subversion</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:413
msgid ""
"Install a local working copy of the documentation from the FreeBSD "
"repository in <filename>~/doc</filename> (see <xref linkend=\"working-copy\"/"
">)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:418 book.translate.xml:810
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head "
"<replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:422
msgid "Configure the text editor:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:426
msgid "Word wrap set to 70 characters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:430
msgid "Tab stops set to 2."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:434
msgid "Replace each group of 8 leading spaces with a single tab."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:439
msgid ""
"Specific editor configurations are listed in <xref linkend=\"editor-config\"/"
">."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:444
msgid "Update the local working copy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:446
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn up <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:450
msgid ""
"Edit the documentation files that require changes. If a file needs major "
"changes, consult the mailing list for input."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:454
msgid ""
"References to tag and entity usage can be found in <xref linkend=\"xhtml-"
"markup\"/> and <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:460
msgid "After editing, check for problems by running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:462
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>igor -R filename.xml | less -RS</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:464
msgid ""
"Review the output and edit the file to fix any problems shown, then rerun "
"the command to find any remaining problems. Repeat until all of the errors "
"are resolved."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:471
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Always</emphasis> build-test changes before submitting them. "
"Running <userinput>make</userinput> in the top-level directory of the "
"documentation being edited will generate that documentation in split HTML "
"format. For example, to build the English version of the Handbook in "
"<acronym>HTML</acronym>, run <command>make</command> in the <filename>en_US."
"ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:482
msgid ""
"When changes are complete and tested, generate a <quote>diff file</quote>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:485
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff &gt; <replaceable>bsdinstall</"
"replaceable>.diff.txt</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:488
msgid ""
"Give the diff file a descriptive name. In the example above, changes have "
"been made to the <filename>bsdinstall</filename> portion of the Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:495
msgid ""
"Submit the diff file using the web-based <link xlink:href=\"https://bugs."
"FreeBSD.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product=Documentation\">Problem Report</"
"link> system. If using the web form, enter a Summary of <emphasis>[patch] "
"<replaceable>short description of problem</replaceable></emphasis>. Select "
"the Component <literal>Documentation</literal>. In the Description field, "
"enter a short description of the changes and any important details about "
"them. Use the <guibutton>[ Add an attachment ]</guibutton> button to attach "
"the diff file. Finally, use the <guibutton>[ Submit Bug ]</guibutton> button "
"to submit your diff to the problem report system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:511
msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Set"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:513
msgid ""
"The <acronym>FDP</acronym> is responsible for four categories of FreeBSD "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:518
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Handbook</emphasis>: The Handbook is the comprehensive online "
"resource and reference for FreeBSD users."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:524
msgid ""
"<emphasis>FAQ</emphasis>: The <acronym>FAQ</acronym> uses a short question "
"and answer format to address questions that are frequently asked on the "
"various mailing lists and forums devoted to FreeBSD. This format does not "
"permit long and comprehensive answers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:532
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Manual pages</emphasis>: The English language system manual pages "
"are usually not written by the <acronym>FDP</acronym>, as they are part of "
"the base system. However, the <acronym>FDP</acronym> can reword parts of "
"existing manual pages to make them clearer or to correct inaccuracies."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:541
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Web site</emphasis>: This is the main FreeBSD presence on the web, "
"visible at <link xlink:href=\"https://www.freebsd.org/index.html\"> https://"
"www.FreeBSD.org/</link> and many mirrors around the world. The web site is "
"typically a new user's first exposure to FreeBSD."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:549
msgid ""
"Translation teams are responsible for translating the Handbook and web site "
"into different languages. Manual pages are not translated at present."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:553
msgid ""
"Documentation source for the FreeBSD web site, Handbook, and <acronym>FAQ</"
"acronym> is available in the documentation repository at <literal>https://"
"svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:558
msgid ""
"Source for manual pages is available in a separate source repository located "
"at <literal>https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:562
msgid ""
"Documentation commit messages are visible with <command>svn log</command>. "
"Commit messages are also archived at <uri xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD."
"org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all\"> http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/svn-doc-all</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:567
msgid ""
"Web frontends to both of these repositories are available at <link xlink:"
"href=\"https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/\"/> and <link xlink:href=\"https://"
"svnweb.FreeBSD.org/base/\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:571
msgid ""
"Many people have written tutorials or how-to articles about FreeBSD. Some "
"are stored as part of the <acronym>FDP</acronym> files. In other cases, the "
"author has decided to keep the documentation separate. The <acronym>FDP</"
"acronym> endeavors to provide links to as much of this external "
"documentation as possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:612
msgid "Tools"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:614
msgid ""
"Several software tools are used to manage the FreeBSD documentation and "
"render it to different output formats. Some of these tools are required and "
"must be installed before working through the examples in the following "
"chapters. Some are optional, adding capabilities or making the job of "
"creating documentation less demanding."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:622
msgid "Required Tools"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:624
msgid ""
"Install <package>textproc/docproj</package> from the Ports Collection. This "
"<emphasis>meta-port</emphasis> installs all the applications required to do "
"useful work with the FreeBSD documentation. Some further notes on particular "
"components are given below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:632
msgid "<acronym>DTD</acronym>s and <acronym>Entities</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:635
msgid ""
"FreeBSD documentation uses several Document Type Definitions (<acronym>DTD</"
"acronym>s) and sets of <acronym>XML</acronym> entities. These are all "
"installed by the <package>textproc/docproj</package> port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:643
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>DTD</acronym> (<package>textproc/xhtml</"
"package>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:647
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> is the markup language of choice for the World Wide "
"Web, and is used throughout the FreeBSD web site."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:654
msgid ""
"DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> (<package>textproc/docbook-xml</package>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:658
msgid ""
"DocBook is designed for marking up technical documentation. Most of the "
"FreeBSD documentation is written in DocBook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:665
msgid "ISO 8879 entities (<package>textproc/iso8879</package>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:669
msgid ""
"Character entities from the ISO 8879:1986 standard used by many "
"<acronym>DTD</acronym>s. Includes named mathematical symbols, additional "
"characters in the Latin character set (accents, diacriticals, and so on), "
"and Greek symbols."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:681
msgid "Optional Tools"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:683
msgid ""
"These applications are not required, but can make working on the "
"documentation easier or add capabilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:687
msgid "Software"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:692
msgid "<application>Vim</application> (<package>editors/vim</package>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:696
msgid ""
"A popular editor for working with <acronym>XML</acronym> and derived "
"documents, like DocBook <acronym>XML</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:703
msgid "<application>Emacs</application> (<package>editors/emacs</package>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:707
msgid ""
"Both of these editors include a special mode for editing documents marked up "
"according to an <acronym>XML</acronym> <acronym>DTD</acronym>. This mode "
"includes commands to reduce the amount of typing needed, and help reduce the "
"possibility of errors."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:749
msgid "The Working Copy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:751
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>working copy</emphasis> is a copy of the FreeBSD repository "
"documentation tree downloaded onto the local computer. Changes are made to "
"the local working copy, tested, and then submitted as patches to be "
"committed to the main repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:757
msgid ""
"A full copy of the documentation tree can occupy 700 megabytes of disk space."
" Allow for a full gigabyte of space to have room for temporary files and "
"test versions of various output formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:762
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn."
"html\"><application>Subversion</application></link> is used to manage the "
"FreeBSD documentation files. It is obtained by installing the "
"<application>Subversion</application> package:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: book.translate.xml:767
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install subversion</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:770
msgid "Documentation and Manual Pages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:772
msgid ""
"FreeBSD documentation is not just books and articles. Manual pages for all "
"the commands and configuration files are also part of the documentation, and "
"part of the <acronym>FDP</acronym>'s territory. Two repositories are "
"involved: <literal>doc</literal> for the books and articles, and "
"<literal>base</literal> for the operating system and manual pages. To edit "
"manual pages, the <literal>base</literal> repository must be checked out "
"separately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:781
msgid ""
"Repositories may contain multiple versions of documentation and source code. "
"New modifications are almost always made only to the latest version, called "
"<literal>head</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:787
msgid "Choosing a Directory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:789
msgid ""
"FreeBSD documentation is traditionally stored in <filename>/usr/doc/</"
"filename>, and system source code with manual pages in <filename>/usr/src/</"
"filename>. These directory trees are relocatable, and users may want to put "
"the working copies in other locations to avoid interfering with existing "
"information in the main directories. The examples that follow use "
"<filename>~/doc</filename> and <filename>~/src</filename>, both "
"subdirectories of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:802
msgid "Checking Out a Copy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:804
msgid ""
"A download of a working copy from the repository is called a "
"<emphasis>checkout</emphasis>, and done with <command>svn checkout</command>."
" This example checks out a copy of the latest version (<literal>head</"
"literal>) of the main documentation tree:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:812
msgid "A checkout of the source code to work on manual pages is very similar:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:815
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/head "
"<replaceable>~/src</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:819
msgid "Updating a Working Copy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:821
msgid ""
"The documents and files in the FreeBSD repository change daily. People "
"modify files and commit changes frequently. Even a short time after an "
"initial checkout, there will already be differences between the local "
"working copy and the main FreeBSD repository. To update the local version "
"with the changes that have been made to the main repository, use "
"<command>svn update</command> on the directory containing the local working "
"copy:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:830
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn update <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:832
msgid ""
"Get in the protective habit of using <command>svn update</command> before "
"editing document files. Someone else may have edited that file very "
"recently, and the local working copy will not include the latest changes "
"until it has been updated. Editing the newest version of a file is much "
"easier than trying to combine an older, edited local file with the newer "
"version from the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:842
msgid "Reverting Changes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:844
msgid ""
"Sometimes it turns out that changes were not necessary after all, or the "
"writer just wants to start over. Files can be <quote>reset</quote> to their "
"unchanged form with <command>svn revert</command>. For example, to erase the "
"edits made to <filename>chapter.xml</filename> and reset it to unmodified "
"form:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:851
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn revert chapter.xml</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:855
msgid "Making a Diff"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:857
msgid ""
"After edits to a file or group of files are completed, the differences "
"between the local working copy and the version on the FreeBSD repository "
"must be collected into a single file for submission. These <emphasis>diff</"
"emphasis> files are produced by redirecting the output of <command>svn diff</"
"command> into a file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:864
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff &gt; <replaceable>doc-fix-spelling."
"diff</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:867
msgid ""
"Give the file a meaningful name that identifies the contents. The example "
"above is for spelling fixes to the whole documentation tree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:871
msgid ""
"If the diff file is to be submitted with the web <quote><link xlink:href="
"\"https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi\">Submit a FreeBSD problem "
"report</link></quote> interface, add a <filename>.txt</filename> extension "
"to give the earnest and simple-minded web form a clue that the contents are "
"plain text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:878
msgid ""
"Be careful: <command>svn diff</command> includes all changes made in the "
"current directory and any subdirectories. If there are files in the working "
"copy with edits that are not ready to be submitted yet, provide a list of "
"only the files that are to be included:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:884
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff <replaceable>disks/chapter.xml "
"printers/chapter.xml</replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>disks-printers.diff</"
"replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:889
msgid "<application>Subversion</application> References"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:891
msgid ""
"These examples show very basic usage of <application>Subversion</"
"application>. More detail is available in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"svnbook.red-bean.com/\">Subversion Book</link> and the <link xlink:href="
"\"http://subversion.apache.org/docs/\">Subversion documentation</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:931
msgid "Documentation Directory Structure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:933
msgid ""
"Files and directories in the <filename>doc/</filename> tree follow a "
"structure meant to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:939
msgid "Make it easy to automate converting the document to other formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:944
msgid ""
"Promote consistency between the different documentation organizations, to "
"make it easier to switch between working on different documents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:950
msgid ""
"Make it easy to decide where in the tree new documentation should be placed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:955
msgid ""
"In addition, the documentation tree must accommodate documents in many "
"different languages and encodings. It is important that the documentation "
"tree structure does not enforce any particular defaults or cultural "
"preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:961
msgid "The Top Level, <filename>doc/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:964
msgid ""
"There are two types of directory under <filename>doc/</filename>, each with "
"very specific directory names and meanings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:972 book.translate.xml:1026
msgid "Directory"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:973 book.translate.xml:1027
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:979
msgid "<filename>share</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:982
msgid ""
"Contains files that are not specific to the various translations and "
"encodings of the documentation. Contains subdirectories to further "
"categorize the information. For example, the files that comprise the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> infrastructure are in <filename>share/mk</filename>, while the "
"additional <acronym>XML</acronym> support files (such as the FreeBSD "
"extended DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym>) are in <filename>share/xml</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:994
msgid ""
"<filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</"
"replaceable></filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:997
msgid ""
"One directory exists for each available translation and encoding of the "
"documentation, for example <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/</filename> and "
"<filename>zh_TW.UTF-8/</filename>. The names are long, but by fully "
"specifying the language and encoding we prevent any future headaches when a "
"translation team wants to provide documentation in the same language but in "
"more than one encoding. This also avoids problems that might be caused by a "
"future switch to Unicode."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1014
msgid ""
"The <filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</"
"replaceable>/</filename> Directories"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1018
msgid ""
"These directories contain the documents themselves. The documentation is "
"split into up to three more categories at this level, indicated by the "
"different directory names."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1033
msgid "<filename>articles</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1036
msgid ""
"Documentation marked up as a DocBook <tag>article</tag> (or equivalent). "
"Reasonably short, and broken up into sections. Normally only available as "
"one <acronym>XHTML</acronym> file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1043
msgid "<filename>books</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1045
msgid ""
"Documentation marked up as a DocBook <tag>book</tag> (or equivalent). Book "
"length, and broken up into chapters. Normally available as both one large "
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> file (for people with fast connections, or who want "
"to print it easily from a browser) and as a collection of linked, smaller "
"files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1055
msgid "<filename>man</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1058
msgid ""
"For translations of the system manual pages. This directory will contain one "
"or more <filename role=\"directory\">man<replaceable>N</replaceable></"
"filename> directories, corresponding to the sections that have been "
"translated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1067
msgid ""
"Not every <filename role=\"directory\"><replaceable>lang</replaceable>."
"<replaceable>encoding</replaceable></filename> directory will have all of "
"these subdirectories. It depends on how much translation has been "
"accomplished by that translation team."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1074
msgid "Document-Specific Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1076
msgid ""
"This section contains specific notes about particular documents managed by "
"the FDP."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1080
msgid "The Handbook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/subtitle
#: book.translate.xml:1082
msgid "<filename>books/handbook/</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1084
msgid ""
"The Handbook is written in DocBook <acronym>XML</acronym> using the FreeBSD "
"DocBook extended <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1087
msgid ""
"The Handbook is organized as a DocBook <tag>book</tag>. The book is divided "
"into <tag>part</tag>s, each of which contains several <tag>chapter</tag>s. "
"<tag>chapter</tag>s are further subdivided into sections (<tag>sect1</tag>) "
"and subsections (<tag>sect2</tag>, <tag>sect3</tag>) and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:1096
msgid "Physical Organization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1098
msgid ""
"There are a number of files and directories within the <filename>handbook</"
"filename> directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:1102
msgid ""
"The Handbook's organization may change over time, and this document may lag "
"in detailing the organizational changes. Post questions about Handbook "
"organization to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:1109
msgid "<filename>Makefile</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1111
msgid ""
"The <filename>Makefile</filename> defines some variables that affect how the "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> source is converted to other formats, and lists the "
"various source files that make up the Handbook. It then includes the "
"standard <filename>doc.project.mk</filename>, to bring in the rest of the "
"code that handles converting documents from one format to another."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:1121
msgid "<filename>book.xml</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1123
msgid ""
"This is the top level document in the Handbook. It contains the Handbook's "
"<link linkend=\"xml-primer-doctype-declaration\">DOCTYPE declaration</link>, "
"as well as the elements that describe the Handbook's structure."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1128
msgid ""
"<filename>book.xml</filename> uses <link linkend=\"xml-primer-parameter-"
"entities\">parameter entities</link> to load in the files with the "
"<filename>.ent</filename> extension. These files (described later) then "
"define <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-entities\">general entities</link> "
"that are used throughout the rest of the Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:1137
msgid ""
"<filename role=\"directory\"><replaceable>directory</replaceable>/chapter."
"xml</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1139
msgid ""
"Each chapter in the Handbook is stored in a file called <filename>chapter."
"xml</filename> in a separate directory from the other chapters. Each "
"directory is named after the value of the <literal>id</literal> attribute on "
"the <tag>chapter</tag> element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1146
msgid "For example, if one of the chapter files contains:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:1149
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter id=\"kernelconfig\"</tag>\n"
"...\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1153
msgid ""
"Then it will be called <filename>chapter.xml</filename> in the "
"<filename>kernelconfig</filename> directory. In general, the entire contents "
"of the chapter are in this one file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1159
msgid ""
"When the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> version of the Handbook is produced, this "
"will yield <filename>kernelconfig.html</filename>. This is because of the "
"<literal>id</literal> value, and is not related to the name of the directory."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1165
msgid ""
"In earlier versions of the Handbook, the files were stored in the same "
"directory as <filename>book.xml</filename>, and named after the value of the "
"<literal>id</literal> attribute on the file's <tag>chapter</tag> element. "
"Now, it is possible to include images in each chapter. Images for each "
"Handbook chapter are stored within <filename>share/images/books/handbook</"
"filename>. The localized version of these images should be placed in the "
"same directory as the <acronym>XML</acronym> sources for each chapter. "
"Namespace collisions are inevitable, and it is easier to work with several "
"directories with a few files in them than it is to work with one directory "
"that has many files in it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1180
msgid ""
"A brief look will show that there are many directories with individual "
"<filename>chapter.xml</filename> files, including <filename>basics/chapter."
"xml</filename>, <filename>introduction/chapter.xml</filename>, and "
"<filename>printing/chapter.xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:1187
msgid ""
"Do not name chapters or directories after their ordering within the Handbook."
" This ordering can change as the content within the Handbook is reorganized. "
"Reorganization should be possible without renaming files, unless entire "
"chapters are being promoted or demoted within the hierarchy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
#: book.translate.xml:1195
msgid ""
"The <filename>chapter.xml</filename> files are not complete <acronym>XML</"
"acronym> documents that can be built individually. They can only be built as "
"parts of the whole Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:1237
msgid "The Documentation Build Process"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:1239
msgid ""
"This chapter covers organization of the documentation build process and how "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is used to control it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1243
msgid "Rendering DocBook into Output"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1245
msgid ""
"Different types of output can be produced from a single DocBook source file. "
"The type of output desired is set with the <varname>FORMATS</varname> "
"variable. A list of known formats is stored in <varname>KNOWN_FORMATS</"
"varname>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#doc-build-rendering-known-formats
#: book.translate.xml:1250
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make -V KNOWN_FORMATS</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:1254
msgid "Common Output Formats"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1259
msgid "<varname>FORMATS</varname> Value"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1260
msgid "File Type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
#: book.translate.xml:1261 book.translate.xml:7235 book.translate.xml:8385
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1267 book.translate.xml:2492
msgid "<literal>html</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1268
msgid "<acronym>HTML</acronym>, one file"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1269
msgid ""
"A single <filename>book.html</filename> or <filename>article.html</filename>."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1274
msgid "<literal>html-split</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1275
msgid "<acronym>HTML</acronym>, multiple files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1276
msgid ""
"Multiple <acronym>HTML</acronym> files, one for each chapter or section, for "
"use on a typical web site."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1282
msgid "<literal>pdf</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1283
msgid "<acronym>PDF</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:1284
msgid "Portable Document Format"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1290
msgid ""
"The default output format can vary by document, but is usually <literal>html-"
"split</literal>. Other formats are chosen by setting <varname>FORMATS</"
"varname> to a specific value. Multiple output formats can be created at a "
"single time by setting <varname>FORMATS</varname> to a list of formats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:1297
msgid "Build a Single HTML Output File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1299
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:1304
msgid "Build HTML-Split and <acronym>PDF</acronym> Output Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1307
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=\"html-split pdf\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1313
msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Build Toolset"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1315
msgid ""
"These are the tools used to build and install the <acronym>FDP</acronym> "
"documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1320
msgid ""
"The primary build tool is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, specifically "
"<application>Berkeley Make</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1325
msgid ""
"Package building is handled by FreeBSD's <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-"
"create</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1330
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> is used to create compressed versions of the document. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bzip2</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> archives are also supported. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used for package "
"building."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1336
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>install</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to install the documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1344
msgid "Understanding <filename>Makefile</filename>s in the Documentation Tree"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1347
msgid ""
"There are three main types of <filename>Makefile</filename>s in the FreeBSD "
"Documentation Project tree."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1352
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"sub-make\">Subdirectory <filename>Makefile</filename>s</"
"link> simply pass commands to those directories below them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1358
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"doc-make\">Documentation <filename>Makefile</filename>s</"
"link> describe the documents that are produced from this directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1365
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"make-includes\"><application>Make</application> includes</"
"link> are the glue that perform the document production, and are usually of "
"the form <filename>doc.<replaceable>xxx</replaceable>.mk</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1373
msgid "Subdirectory <filename>Makefile</filename>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1375
msgid "These <filename>Makefile</filename>s usually take the form of:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:1378
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"SUBDIR =articles\n"
"SUBDIR+=books\n"
"\n"
"COMPAT_SYMLINK = en\n"
"\n"
"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/..\n"
".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1386
msgid ""
"The first four non-empty lines define the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables "
"<varname>SUBDIR</varname>, <varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</varname>, and "
"<varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1391
msgid ""
"The <varname>SUBDIR</varname> statement and <varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</"
"varname> statement show how to assign a value to a variable, overriding any "
"previous value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1396
msgid ""
"The second <varname>SUBDIR</varname> statement shows how a value is appended "
"to the current value of a variable. The <varname>SUBDIR</varname> variable "
"is now <literal>articles books</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1401
msgid ""
"The <varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> assignment shows how a value is assigned "
"to the variable, but only if it is not already defined. This is useful if "
"<varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> is not where this <filename>Makefile</"
"filename> thinks it is - the user can override this and provide the correct "
"value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1408
msgid ""
"What does it all mean? <varname>SUBDIR</varname> mentions which "
"subdirectories below this one the build process should pass any work on to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1412
msgid ""
"<varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</varname> is specific to compatibility symlinks "
"(amazingly enough) for languages to their official encoding (<filename>doc/"
"en</filename> would point to <filename>en_US.ISO-8859-1</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1417
msgid ""
"<varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> is the path to the root of the FreeBSD "
"Document Project tree. This is not always that easy to find, and is also "
"easily overridden, to allow for flexibility. <varname>.CURDIR</varname> is a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> builtin variable with the path to the current directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1424
msgid ""
"The final line includes the FreeBSD Documentation Project's project-wide "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> system file <filename>doc.project.mk</filename> which is the "
"glue which converts these variables into build instructions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1431
msgid "Documentation <filename>Makefile</filename>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1433
msgid ""
"These <filename>Makefile</filename>s set <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables that "
"describe how to build the documentation contained in that directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1437
msgid "Here is an example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:1439
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"MAINTAINER=nik@FreeBSD.org\n"
"\n"
"DOC?= book\n"
"\n"
"FORMATS?= html-split html\n"
"\n"
"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
"\n"
"# SGML content\n"
"SRCS=  book.xml\n"
"\n"
"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
"\n"
".include \"$(DOC_PREFIX)/share/mk/docproj.docbook.mk\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1455
msgid ""
"The <varname>MAINTAINER</varname> variable allows committers to claim "
"ownership of a document in the FreeBSD Documentation Project, and take "
"responsibility for maintaining it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1460
msgid ""
"<varname>DOC</varname> is the name (sans the <filename>.xml</filename> "
"extension) of the main document created by this directory. <varname>SRCS</"
"varname> lists all the individual files that make up the document. This "
"should also include important files in which a change should result in a "
"rebuild."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1467
msgid ""
"<varname>FORMATS</varname> indicates the default formats that should be "
"built for this document. <varname>INSTALL_COMPRESSED</varname> is the "
"default list of compression techniques that should be used in the document "
"build. <varname>INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESS</varname>, empty by default, should be "
"non-empty if only compressed documents are desired in the build."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1475
msgid ""
"The <varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> and include statements should be familiar "
"already."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1481
msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Project <application>Make</application> Includes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1484
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> includes are best explained by inspection of the code. Here "
"are the system include files:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1489
msgid ""
"<filename>doc.project.mk</filename> is the main project include file, which "
"includes all the following include files, as necessary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1495
msgid ""
"<filename>doc.subdir.mk</filename> handles traversing of the document tree "
"during the build and install processes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1501
msgid ""
"<filename>doc.install.mk</filename> provides variables that affect ownership "
"and installation of documents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1506
msgid ""
"<filename>doc.docbook.mk</filename> is included if <varname>DOCFORMAT</"
"varname> is <literal>docbook</literal> and <varname>DOC</varname> is set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1513
msgid "<filename>doc.project.mk</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1515
msgid "By inspection:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:1517
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"DOCFORMAT?=	docbook\n"
"MAINTAINER?=	doc@FreeBSD.org\n"
"\n"
"PREFIX?=	/usr/local\n"
"PRI_LANG?=	en_US.ISO8859-1\n"
"\n"
".if defined(DOC)\n"
".if ${DOCFORMAT} == \"docbook\"\n"
".include \"doc.docbook.mk\"\n"
".endif\n"
".endif\n"
"\n"
".include \"doc.subdir.mk\"\n"
".include \"doc.install.mk\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:1534 book.translate.xml:1584
msgid "Variables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1536
msgid ""
"<varname>DOCFORMAT</varname> and <varname>MAINTAINER</varname> are assigned "
"default values, if these are not set by the document make file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1540
msgid ""
"<varname>PREFIX</varname> is the prefix under which the <link linkend="
"\"tools\">documentation building tools</link> are installed. For normal "
"package and port installation, this is <filename>/usr/local</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1545
msgid ""
"<varname>PRI_LANG</varname> should be set to whatever language and encoding "
"is natural amongst users these documents are being built for. US English is "
"the default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:1551
msgid ""
"<varname>PRI_LANG</varname> does not affect which documents can, or even "
"will, be built. Its main use is creating links to commonly referenced "
"documents into the FreeBSD documentation install root."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:1559
msgid "Conditionals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1561
msgid ""
"The <literal>.if defined(DOC)</literal> line is an example of a "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> conditional which, like in other programs, defines behavior if "
"some condition is true or if it is false. <literal>defined</literal> is a "
"function which returns whether the variable given is defined or not."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1567
msgid ""
"<literal>.if ${DOCFORMAT} == \"docbook\"</literal>, next, tests whether the "
"<varname>DOCFORMAT</varname> variable is <literal>\"docbook\"</literal>, and "
"in this case, includes <filename>doc.docbook.mk</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1572
msgid ""
"The two <literal>.endif</literal>s close the two above conditionals, marking "
"the end of their application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:1578
msgid "<filename>doc.subdir.mk</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:1580
msgid ""
"This file is too long to explain in detail. These notes describe the most "
"important features."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1588
msgid ""
"<varname>SUBDIR</varname> is a list of subdirectories that the build process "
"should go further down into."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1594
msgid ""
"<varname>ROOT_SYMLINKS</varname> is the name of directories that should be "
"linked to the document install root from their actual locations, if the "
"current language is the primary language (specified by <varname>PRI_LANG</"
"varname>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1602
msgid ""
"<varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</varname> is described in the <link linkend=\"sub-"
"make\">Subdirectory Makefile</link> section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:1611
msgid "Targets and Macros"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1613
msgid ""
"Dependencies are described by <literal><replaceable>target</replaceable>: "
"<replaceable>dependency1 dependency2 ...</replaceable></literal> tuples, "
"where to build <literal>target</literal>, the given dependencies must be "
"built first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1620
msgid ""
"After that descriptive tuple, instructions on how to build the target may be "
"given, if the conversion process between the target and its dependencies are "
"not previously defined, or if this particular conversion is not the same as "
"the default conversion method."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1626
msgid ""
"A special dependency <literal>.USE</literal> defines the equivalent of a "
"macro."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:1629 book.translate.xml:1716
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"_SUBDIRUSE: .USE\n"
".for entry in ${SUBDIR}\n"
"	@${ECHO} \"===&gt; ${DIRPRFX}${entry}\"\n"
"	@(cd ${.CURDIR}/${entry} &amp;&amp; \\\n"
"	${MAKE} ${.TARGET:S/realpackage/package/:S/realinstall/install/} DIRPRFX="
"${DIRPRFX}${entry}/ )\n"
".endfor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:1636 book.translate.xml:1652
msgid "_SUBDIRUSE"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1636
msgid ""
"In the above, <_:buildtarget-1/> is now a macro which will execute the given "
"commands when it is listed as a dependency."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1640
msgid ""
"What sets this macro apart from other targets? Basically, it is executed "
"<emphasis>after</emphasis> the instructions given in the build procedure it "
"is listed as a dependency to, and it does not adjust <varname>.TARGET</"
"varname>, which is the variable which contains the name of the target "
"currently being built."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:1648
#, no-wrap
msgid "clean: _SUBDIRUSE\n"
"	rm -f ${CLEANFILES}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:1651 book.translate.xml:1655 book.translate.xml:1675
#: book.translate.xml:6101 book.translate.xml:6105 book.translate.xml:6109
msgid "clean"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1651
msgid ""
"In the above, <_:buildtarget-1/> will use the <_:buildtarget-2/> macro after "
"it has executed the instruction <command>rm -f ${CLEANFILES}</command>. In "
"effect, this causes <_:buildtarget-3/> to go further and further down the "
"directory tree, deleting built files as it goes <emphasis>down</emphasis>, "
"not on the way back up."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
#: book.translate.xml:1661
msgid "Provided Targets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:1665
msgid "install"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:1666
msgid "package"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:1669
msgid "realinstall"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:1670
msgid "realpackage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1665
msgid ""
"<_:buildtarget-1/> and <_:buildtarget-2/> both go down the directory tree "
"calling the real versions of themselves in the subdirectories (<_:"
"buildtarget-3/> and <_:buildtarget-4/> respectively)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:1678
msgid "cleandir"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1675
msgid ""
"<_:buildtarget-1/> removes files created by the build process (and goes down "
"the directory tree too). <_:buildtarget-2/> does the same, and also removes "
"the object directory, if any."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:1686
msgid "More on Conditionals"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1690
msgid ""
"<literal>exists</literal> is another condition function which returns true "
"if the given file exists."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1696
msgid "<literal>empty</literal> returns true if the given variable is empty."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1701
msgid ""
"<literal>target</literal> returns true if the given target does not already "
"exist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:1708
msgid "Looping Constructs in <command>make (.for)</command>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1711
msgid ""
"<literal>.for</literal> provides a way to repeat a set of instructions for "
"each space-separated element in a variable. It does this by assigning a "
"variable to contain the current element in the list being examined."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:1723
msgid ""
"In the above, if <varname>SUBDIR</varname> is empty, no action is taken; if "
"it has one or more elements, the instructions between <literal>.for</"
"literal> and <literal>.endfor</literal> would repeat for every element, with "
"<varname>entry</varname> being replaced with the value of the current "
"element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:1766
msgid "The Website"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:1768
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD web site is part of the FreeBSD documents. Files for the web "
"site are stored in the <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</filename> "
"subdirectory of the document tree directory, <filename>~/doc</filename> in "
"this example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1775
msgid "Environment Variables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1777
msgid ""
"Several environment variables control which parts of the web site are built "
"or installed, and to which directories."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:1782
msgid ""
"The web build system uses <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and considers "
"variables to be set when they have been defined, even if they are empty. The "
"examples here show the recommended ways of defining and using these "
"variables. Setting or defining these variables with other values or methods "
"might lead to unexpected surprises."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1792
msgid "<varname>DESTDIR</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1795
msgid ""
"DESTDIR specifies the path where the web site files are to be installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1798
msgid ""
"This variable is best set with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>env</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or the user shell's "
"method of setting environment variables, <command>setenv</command> for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> or <command>export</command> for "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1808
msgid "<varname>ENGLISH_ONLY</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1811
msgid "Default: undefined. Build and include all translations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1814
msgid ""
"<userinput>ENGLISH_ONLY=yes</userinput>: use only the English documents and "
"ignore all translations."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1820
msgid "<varname>WEB_ONLY</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1823
msgid ""
"Default: undefined. Build both the web site and all the books and articles."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1826
msgid ""
"<userinput>WEB_ONLY=yes</userinput>: build or install only <acronym>HTML</"
"acronym> pages from the <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</filename> "
"directory. Other directories and documents, including books and articles, "
"will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:1835
msgid "<varname>WEB_LANG</varname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1838
msgid ""
"Default: undefined. Build and include all the available languages on the web "
"site."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:1841
msgid ""
"Set to a space-separated list of languages to be included in the build or "
"install. The formats are the same as the directory names in the document "
"root directory. For example, to include the German and French documents:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1847
#, no-wrap
msgid "<userinput>WEB_LANG=\"de_DE.ISO8859-1 fr_FR.ISO8859-1\"</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1852
msgid ""
"<varname>WEB_ONLY</varname>, <varname>WEB_LANG</varname>, and "
"<varname>ENGLISH_ONLY</varname> are <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables and can be "
"set in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>, <filename>Makefile.inc</"
"filename>, as environment variables on the command line, or in dot files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:1860
msgid "Building and Installing the Web Pages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1862
msgid ""
"Having obtained the documentation and web site source files, the web site "
"can be built."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1865
msgid ""
"An actual installation of the web site is run as the <systemitem class="
"\"username\">root</systemitem> user because the permissions on the web "
"server directory will not allow files to be installed by an unprivileged "
"user. For testing, it can be useful to install the files as a normal user to "
"a temporary directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:1872
msgid ""
"In these examples, the web site files are built by user <systemitem class="
"\"username\">jru</systemitem> in their home directory, <filename>~/doc</"
"filename>, with a full path of <filename>/usr/home/jru/doc</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:1878
msgid ""
"The web site build uses the <filename>INDEX</filename> from the Ports "
"Collection and might fail if that file or <filename>/usr/ports</filename> is "
"not present. The simplest approach is to install the <link xlink:href="
"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/ports.html#ports-"
"tree\">Ports Collection</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:1886
msgid "Build the Full Web Site and All Documents"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:1888
msgid ""
"Build the web site and all documents. The resulting files are left in the "
"document tree:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1891
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs/</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make all</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:1896
msgid "Build Only the Web Site in English"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:1898
msgid ""
"Build the web site only, in English, as user <systemitem class="
"\"username\">jru</systemitem>, and install the resulting files into "
"<filename>/tmp/www</filename> for testing:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1903
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs/</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>env DESTDIR=/tmp/www make ENGLISH_ONLY=yes "
"WEB_ONLY=yes all install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:1906
msgid ""
"Changes to static files can usually be tested by viewing the modified files "
"directly with a web browser. If the site has been built as shown above, a "
"modified main page can be viewed with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1911
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox /tmp/www/data/index.html</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:1913
msgid ""
"Modifications to dynamic files can be tested with a web server running on "
"the local system. After building the site as shown above, this <filename>/"
"usr/local/etc/apache24/httpd.conf</filename> can be used with <package>www/"
"apache24</package>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:1919
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# httpd.conf for testing the FreeBSD website\n"
"Define TestRoot \"/tmp/www/data\"\n"
"\n"
"# directory for configuration files\n"
"ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"\n"
"\n"
"Listen 80\n"
"\n"
"# minimum required modules\n"
"LoadModule authz_core_module libexec/apache24/mod_authz_core.so\n"
"LoadModule mime_module libexec/apache24/mod_mime.so\n"
"LoadModule unixd_module libexec/apache24/mod_unixd.so\n"
"LoadModule cgi_module libexec/apache24/mod_cgi.so\n"
"LoadModule dir_module libexec/apache24/mod_dir.so\n"
"\n"
"# run the webserver as user and group\n"
"User www\n"
"Group www\n"
"\n"
"ServerAdmin you@example.com\n"
"ServerName fbsdtest\n"
"\n"
"# deny access to all files\n"
"&lt;Directory /&gt;\n"
"    AllowOverride none\n"
"    Require all denied\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"\n"
"# allow access to the website directory\n"
"DocumentRoot \"${TestRoot}\"\n"
"&lt;Directory \"${TestRoot}\"&gt;\n"
"    Options Indexes FollowSymLinks\n"
"    AllowOverride None\n"
"    Require all granted\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"\n"
"# prevent access to .htaccess and .htpasswd files\n"
"&lt;Files \".ht*\"&gt;\n"
"    Require all denied\n"
"&lt;/Files&gt;\n"
"\n"
"ErrorLog \"/var/log/httpd-error.log\"\n"
"LogLevel warn\n"
"\n"
"# set up the CGI script directory\n"
"&lt;Directory \"${TestRoot}/cgi\"&gt;\n"
"    AllowOverride None\n"
"    Options None\n"
"    Require all granted\n"
"    Options +ExecCGI\n"
"    AddHandler cgi-script .cgi\n"
"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"\n"
"Include etc/apache24/Includes/*.conf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:1974
msgid "Start the web server with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1976
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service apache24 onestart</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:1978
msgid ""
"The web site can be viewed at <link xlink:href=\"http://localhost\"/>. Be "
"aware that many links refer to the real FreeBSD site by name, and those "
"links will still go to the external site instead of the local test version. "
"Fully testing the local site will require temporarily setting <acronym>DNS</"
"acronym> so <literal>www.FreeBSD.org</literal> resolves to "
"<literal>localhost</literal> or the local <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:1989
msgid "Build and Install the Web Site"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:1991
msgid ""
"Build the web site and all documents as user <systemitem class="
"\"username\">jru</systemitem>. Install the resulting files as <systemitem "
"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> into the default directory, <filename>/"
"root/public_html</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:1998
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make all</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su -</userinput>\n"
"Password:\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/home/jru/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2006
msgid ""
"The install process does not delete any old or outdated files that existed "
"previously in the same directory. If a new copy of the site is built and "
"installed every day, this command will find and delete all files that have "
"not been updated in three days:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: book.translate.xml:2012
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>find <replaceable>/usr/local/www</replaceable> "
"-ctime 3 -delete</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:2048
msgid "XML Primer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:2050
msgid ""
"Most <acronym>FDP</acronym> documentation is written with markup languages "
"based on <acronym>XML</acronym>. This chapter explains what that means, how "
"to read and understand the documentation source, and the <acronym>XML</"
"acronym> techniques used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:2056
msgid ""
"Portions of this section were inspired by Mark Galassi's <link xlink:href="
"\"http://www.galassi.org/mark/mydocs/docbook-intro/docbook-intro.html\">Get "
"Going With DocBook</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2062
msgid ""
"In the original days of computers, electronic text was simple. There were a "
"few character sets like <acronym>ASCII</acronym> or <acronym>EBCDIC</"
"acronym>, but that was about it. Text was text, and what you saw really was "
"what you got. No frills, no formatting, no intelligence."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2068
msgid ""
"Inevitably, this was not enough. When text is in a machine-usable format, "
"machines are expected to be able to use and manipulate it intelligently. "
"Authors want to indicate that certain phrases should be emphasized, or added "
"to a glossary, or made into hyperlinks. Filenames could be shown in a "
"<quote>typewriter</quote> style font for viewing on screen, but as "
"<quote>italics</quote> when printed, or any of a myriad of other options for "
"presentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2077
msgid ""
"It was once hoped that Artificial Intelligence (AI) would make this easy. "
"The computer would read the document and automatically identify key phrases, "
"filenames, text that the reader should type in, examples, and more. "
"Unfortunately, real life has not happened quite like that, and computers "
"still require assistance before they can meaningfully process text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2085
msgid ""
"More precisely, they need help identifying what is what. Consider this text:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
#: book.translate.xml:2089
msgid ""
"To remove <filename>/tmp/foo</filename>, use "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/screen
#: book.translate.xml:2092
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>rm /tmp/foo</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2095
msgid ""
"It is easy to see which parts are filenames, which are commands to be typed "
"in, which parts are references to manual pages, and so on. But the computer "
"processing the document cannot. For this we need markup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2100
msgid ""
"<quote>Markup</quote> is commonly used to describe <quote>adding value</"
"quote> or <quote>increasing cost</quote>. The term takes on both these "
"meanings when applied to text. Markup is additional text included in the "
"document, distinguished from the document's content in some way, so that "
"programs that process the document can read the markup and use it when "
"making decisions about the document. Editors can hide the markup from the "
"user, so the user is not distracted by it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2110
msgid ""
"The extra information stored in the markup <emphasis>adds value</emphasis> "
"to the document. Adding the markup to the document must typically be done by "
"a person—after all, if computers could recognize the text sufficiently well "
"to add the markup then there would be no need to add it in the first place. "
"This <emphasis>increases the cost</emphasis> (the effort required) to create "
"the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2119
msgid ""
"The previous example is actually represented in this document like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2122
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To remove <tag class="
"\"starttag\">filename</tag>/tmp/foo<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>, use "
"&amp;man.rm.1;.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class="
"\"starttag\">userinput</tag>rm /tmp/foo<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</"
"tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2126
msgid "The markup is clearly separate from the content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2128
msgid ""
"Markup languages define what the markup means and how it should be "
"interpreted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2131
msgid ""
"Of course, one markup language might not be enough. A markup language for "
"technical documentation has very different requirements than a markup "
"language that is intended for cookery recipes. This, in turn, would be very "
"different from a markup language used to describe poetry. What is really "
"needed is a first language used to write these other markup languages. A "
"<emphasis>meta markup language</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2139
msgid ""
"This is exactly what the eXtensible Markup Language (<acronym>XML</acronym>) "
"is. Many markup languages have been written in <acronym>XML</acronym>, "
"including the two most used by the <acronym>FDP</acronym>, <acronym>XHTML</"
"acronym> and DocBook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2145
msgid ""
"Each language definition is more properly called a grammar, vocabulary, "
"schema or Document Type Definition (<acronym>DTD</acronym>). There are "
"various languages to specify an <acronym>XML</acronym> grammar, or "
"<emphasis>schema</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#xml-primer-validating
#: book.translate.xml:2151
msgid ""
"A schema is a <emphasis>complete</emphasis> specification of all the "
"elements that are allowed to appear, the order in which they should appear, "
"which elements are mandatory, which are optional, and so forth. This makes "
"it possible to write an <acronym>XML</acronym> <emphasis>parser</emphasis> "
"which reads in both the schema and a document which claims to conform to the "
"schema. The parser can then confirm whether or not all the elements required "
"by the vocabulary are in the document in the right order, and whether there "
"are any errors in the markup. This is normally referred to as "
"<quote>validating the document</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:2165
msgid ""
"Validation confirms that the choice of elements, their ordering, and so on, "
"conforms to that listed in the grammar. It does <emphasis>not</emphasis> "
"check whether <emphasis>appropriate</emphasis> markup has been used for the "
"content. If all the filenames in a document were marked up as function "
"names, the parser would not flag this as an error (assuming, of course, that "
"the schema defines elements for filenames and functions, and that they are "
"allowed to appear in the same place)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2176
msgid ""
"Most contributions to the Documentation Project will be content marked up in "
"either <acronym>XHTML</acronym> or DocBook, rather than alterations to the "
"schemas. For this reason, this book will not touch on how to write a "
"vocabulary."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2184
msgid "Elements, Tags, and Attributes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2186
msgid ""
"All the vocabularies written in <acronym>XML</acronym> share certain "
"characteristics. This is hardly surprising, as the philosophy behind "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> will inevitably show through. One of the most obvious "
"manifestations of this philosophy is that of <emphasis>content</emphasis> "
"and <emphasis>elements</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2193
msgid ""
"Documentation, whether it is a single web page, or a lengthy book, is "
"considered to consist of content. This content is then divided and further "
"subdivided into elements. The purpose of adding markup is to name and "
"identify the boundaries of these elements for further processing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2199
msgid ""
"For example, consider a typical book. At the very top level, the book is "
"itself an element. This <quote>book</quote> element obviously contains "
"chapters, which can be considered to be elements in their own right. Each "
"chapter will contain more elements, such as paragraphs, quotations, and "
"footnotes. Each paragraph might contain further elements, identifying "
"content that was direct speech, or the name of a character in the story."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2208
msgid ""
"It may be helpful to think of this as <quote>chunking</quote> content. At "
"the very top level is one chunk, the book. Look a little deeper, and there "
"are more chunks, the individual chapters. These are chunked further into "
"paragraphs, footnotes, character names, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2214
msgid ""
"Notice how this differentiation between different elements of the content "
"can be made without resorting to any <acronym>XML</acronym> terms. It really "
"is surprisingly straightforward. This could be done with a highlighter pen "
"and a printout of the book, using different colors to indicate different "
"chunks of content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2221
msgid ""
"Of course, we do not have an electronic highlighter pen, so we need some "
"other way of indicating which element each piece of content belongs to. In "
"languages written in <acronym>XML</acronym> (<acronym>XHTML</acronym>, "
"DocBook, et al) this is done by means of <emphasis>tags</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2227
msgid ""
"A tag is used to identify where a particular element starts, and where the "
"element ends. <emphasis>The tag is not part of the element itself</emphasis>."
" Because each grammar was normally written to mark up specific types of "
"information, each one will recognize different elements, and will therefore "
"have different names for the tags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2234
msgid ""
"For an element called <replaceable>element-name</replaceable> the start tag "
"will normally look like <tag class=\"starttag\"><replaceable>element-name</"
"replaceable></tag>. The corresponding closing tag for this element is <tag "
"class=\"endtag\"><replaceable>element-name</replaceable></tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2240
msgid "Using an Element (Start and End Tags)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:2242
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> has an element for indicating that the content "
"enclosed by the element is a paragraph, called <tag>p</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2246
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph.  It starts with the "
"start tag for\n"
"  the 'p' element, and it will end with the end tag for the 'p'\n"
"  element.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is another paragraph.  But this one is "
"much shorter.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2253
msgid ""
"Some elements have no content. For example, in <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, a "
"horizontal line can be included in the document. For these <quote>empty</"
"quote> elements, <acronym>XML</acronym> introduced a shorthand form that is "
"completely equivalent to the two-tag version:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2260
msgid "Using an Element Without Content"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:2262
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> has an element for indicating a horizontal rule, "
"called <tag>hr</tag>. This element does not wrap content, so it looks like "
"this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2266
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">hr</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">hr</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is another paragraph.  A horizontal rule "
"separates this\n"
"  from the previous paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:2272
msgid "The shorthand version consists of a single tag:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2274
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"emptytag\">hr</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is another paragraph.  A horizontal rule "
"separates this\n"
"  from the previous paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2281
msgid ""
"As shown above, elements can contain other elements. In the book example "
"earlier, the book element contained all the chapter elements, which in turn "
"contained all the paragraph elements, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2287
msgid "Elements Within Elements; <tag>em</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2289
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a simple <tag class=\"starttag\">em</"
"tag>paragraph<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag> where some\n"
"  of the <tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>words<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag> "
"have been <tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>emphasized<tag class="
"\"endtag\">em</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2293
msgid ""
"The grammar consists of rules that describe which elements can contain other "
"elements, and exactly what they can contain."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:2298
msgid ""
"People often confuse the terms tags and elements, and use the terms as if "
"they were interchangeable. They are not."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:2302
msgid ""
"An element is a conceptual part of your document. An element has a defined "
"start and end. The tags mark where the element starts and ends."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:2306
msgid ""
"When this document (or anyone else knowledgeable about <acronym>XML</"
"acronym>) refers to <quote>the <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag> tag</quote> "
"they mean the literal text consisting of the three characters <literal>&lt;</"
"literal>, <literal>p</literal>, and <literal>&gt;</literal>. But the phrase "
"<quote>the <tag>p</tag> element</quote> refers to the whole element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:2315
msgid ""
"This distinction <emphasis>is</emphasis> very subtle. But keep it in mind."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2319
msgid ""
"Elements can have attributes. An attribute has a name and a value, and is "
"used for adding extra information to the element. This might be information "
"that indicates how the content should be rendered, or might be something "
"that uniquely identifies that occurrence of the element, or it might be "
"something else."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2325
msgid ""
"An element's attributes are written <emphasis>inside</emphasis> the start "
"tag for that element, and take the form <literal><replaceable>attribute-"
"name</replaceable>=\"<replaceable>attribute-value</replaceable>\"</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2330
msgid ""
"In <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, the <tag>p</tag> element has an attribute "
"called <tag class=\"attribute\">align</tag>, which suggests an alignment "
"(justification) for the paragraph to the program displaying the "
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2336
msgid ""
"The <tag class=\"attribute\">align</tag> attribute can take one of four "
"defined values, <literal>left</literal>, <literal>center</literal>, "
"<literal>right</literal> and <literal>justify</literal>. If the attribute is "
"not specified then the default is <literal>left</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2343
msgid "Using an Element with an Attribute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2345
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"left\"</tag>The inclusion of the align "
"attribute\n"
"  on this paragraph was superfluous, since the default is left.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"center\"</tag>This may appear in the "
"center.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2351
msgid ""
"Some attributes only take specific values, such as <literal>left</literal> "
"or <literal>justify</literal>. Others allow any value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2356
msgid "Single Quotes Around Attributes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2358
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p align='right'</tag>I am on the right!<tag class="
"\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2361
msgid ""
"Attribute values in <acronym>XML</acronym> must be enclosed in either single "
"or double quotes. Double quotes are traditional. Single quotes are useful "
"when the attribute value contains double quotes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2366
msgid ""
"Information about attributes, elements, and tags is stored in catalog files. "
"The Documentation Project uses standard DocBook catalogs and includes "
"additional catalogs for FreeBSD-specific features. Paths to the catalog "
"files are defined in an environment variable so they can be found by the "
"document build tools."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2374 book.translate.xml:2769 book.translate.xml:2905
#: book.translate.xml:3092 book.translate.xml:3385
msgid "To Do…"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2376
msgid ""
"Before running the examples in this document, install <package>textproc/"
"docproj</package> from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. This is a "
"<emphasis>meta-port</emphasis> that downloads and installs the standard "
"programs and supporting files needed by the Documentation Project. "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> users must use <command>rehash</command> for the shell to "
"recognize new programs after they have been installed, or log out and then "
"log back in again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2387
msgid "Create <filename>example.xml</filename>, and enter this text:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2390
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 "
"Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional."
"dtd\"</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph containing some text."
"<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This paragraph contains some more text."
"<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"right\"</tag>This paragraph might be "
"right-justified.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2408
msgid "Try to validate this file using an <acronym>XML</acronym> parser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2411
msgid ""
"<package>textproc/docproj</package> includes the <command>xmllint</command> "
"<link linkend=\"xml-primer-validating\">validating parser</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2416
msgid "Use <command>xmllint</command> to validate the document:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:2419
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --valid --noout example.xml</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2421
msgid ""
"<command>xmllint</command> returns without displaying any output, showing "
"that the document validated successfully."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2427
msgid ""
"See what happens when required elements are omitted. Delete the line with "
"the <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag> and <tag class=\"endtag\">title</"
"tag> tags, and re-run the validation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:2433
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --valid --noout example.xml</"
"userinput>\n"
"example.xml:5: element head: validity error : Element head content does not "
"follow the DTD, expecting ((script | style | meta | link | object | "
"isindex)* , ((title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , "
"(base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*)?) | (base , "
"(script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , title , (script | style "
"| meta | link | object | isindex)*))), got ()"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2436
msgid ""
"This shows that the validation error comes from the <replaceable>fifth</"
"replaceable> line of the <replaceable>example.xml</replaceable> file and "
"that the content of the <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag> is the part which "
"does not follow the rules of the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> grammar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2443
msgid ""
"Then <command>xmllint</command> shows the line where the error was found and "
"marks the exact character position with a <literal>^</literal> sign."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2449
msgid "Replace the <tag>title</tag> element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2456
msgid "The DOCTYPE Declaration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2458
msgid ""
"The beginning of each document can specify the name of the <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym> to which the document conforms. This DOCTYPE declaration is used by "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> parsers to identify the <acronym>DTD</acronym> and "
"ensure that the document does conform to it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2464
msgid ""
"A typical declaration for a document written to conform with version 1.0 of "
"the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>DTD</acronym> looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2468
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 "
"Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional."
"dtd\"</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2470
msgid "That line contains a number of different components."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2474
msgid "<literal>&lt;!</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2477
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>indicator</emphasis> shows this is an <acronym>XML</acronym> "
"declaration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2483
msgid "<literal>DOCTYPE</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2486
msgid ""
"Shows that this is an <acronym>XML</acronym> declaration of the document "
"type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2495
msgid ""
"Names the first <link linkend=\"xml-primer-elements\">element</link> that "
"will appear in the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2502
msgid "<literal>PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
#: book.translate.xml:2508 book.translate.xml:2549
msgid "<primary>Formal Public Identifier</primary>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2506
msgid ""
"Lists the Formal Public Identifier (<acronym>FPI</acronym>) <_:indexterm-1/> "
"for the <acronym>DTD</acronym> to which this document conforms. The "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> parser uses this to find the correct <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym> when processing this document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2516
msgid ""
"<literal>PUBLIC</literal> is not a part of the <acronym>FPI</acronym>, but "
"indicates to the <acronym>XML</acronym> processor how to find the "
"<acronym>DTD</acronym> referenced in the <acronym>FPI</acronym>. Other ways "
"of telling the <acronym>XML</acronym> parser how to find the <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym> are shown <link linkend=\"xml-primer-fpi-alternatives\">later</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2527
msgid ""
"<literal>\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"</"
"literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2530
msgid ""
"A local filename or a <acronym>URL</acronym> to find the <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2536
msgid "<literal>&gt;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2539
msgid "Ends the declaration and returns to the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2546
msgid "Formal Public Identifiers (<acronym>FPI</acronym>s)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:2554
msgid ""
"It is not necessary to know this, but it is useful background, and might "
"help debug problems when the <acronym>XML</acronym> processor cannot locate "
"the <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2560
msgid "<acronym>FPI</acronym>s must follow a specific syntax:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2563
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\"<replaceable>Owner</replaceable>//<replaceable>Keyword</replaceable> "
"<replaceable>Description</replaceable>//<replaceable>Language</"
"replaceable>\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2567
msgid "<replaceable>Owner</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2570
msgid "The owner of the <acronym>FPI</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2572
msgid ""
"The beginning of the string identifies the owner of the <acronym>FPI</"
"acronym>. For example, the <acronym>FPI</acronym> <literal>\"ISO 8879:1986//"
"ENTITIES Greek Symbols//EN\"</literal> lists <literal>ISO 8879:1986</"
"literal> as being the owner for the set of entities for Greek symbols. "
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8879:1986 is the International Organization for "
"Standardization (<acronym>ISO</acronym>) number for the <acronym>SGML</"
"acronym> standard, the predecessor (and a superset) of <acronym>XML</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2585
msgid ""
"Otherwise, this string will either look like <literal>-//<replaceable>Owner</"
"replaceable></literal> or <literal>+//<replaceable>Owner</replaceable></"
"literal> (notice the only difference is the leading <literal>+</literal> or "
"<literal>-</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2592
msgid ""
"If the string starts with <literal>-</literal> then the owner information is "
"unregistered, with a <literal>+</literal> identifying it as registered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2597
msgid ""
"<acronym>ISO</acronym> 9070:1991 defines how registered names are generated. "
"It might be derived from the number of an <acronym>ISO</acronym> "
"publication, an <acronym>ISBN</acronym> code, or an organization code "
"assigned according to <acronym>ISO</acronym> 6523. Additionally, a "
"registration authority could be created in order to assign registered names. "
"The <acronym>ISO</acronym> council delegated this to the American National "
"Standards Institute (<acronym>ANSI</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2608
msgid ""
"Because the FreeBSD Project has not been registered, the owner string is "
"<literal>-//FreeBSD</literal>. As seen in the example, the <acronym>W3C</"
"acronym> are not a registered owner either."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2616
msgid "<replaceable>Keyword</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2619
msgid ""
"There are several keywords that indicate the type of information in the file."
" Some of the most common keywords are <literal>DTD</literal>, "
"<literal>ELEMENT</literal>, <literal>ENTITIES</literal>, and <literal>TEXT</"
"literal>. <literal>DTD</literal> is used only for <acronym>DTD</acronym> "
"files, <literal>ELEMENT</literal> is usually used for <acronym>DTD</acronym> "
"fragments that contain only entity or element declarations. <literal>TEXT</"
"literal> is used for <acronym>XML</acronym> content (text and tags)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2634
msgid "<replaceable>Description</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2637
msgid ""
"Any description can be given for the contents of this file. This may include "
"version numbers or any short text that is meaningful and unique for the "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:2645
msgid "<replaceable>Language</replaceable>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:2648
msgid ""
"An <acronym>ISO</acronym> two-character code that identifies the native "
"language for the file. <literal>EN</literal> is used for English."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:2656
msgid "<filename>catalog</filename> Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:2658
msgid ""
"With the syntax above, an <acronym>XML</acronym> processor needs to have "
"some way of turning the <acronym>FPI</acronym> into the name of the file "
"containing the <acronym>DTD</acronym>. A catalog file (typically called "
"<filename>catalog</filename>) contains lines that map <acronym>FPI</"
"acronym>s to filenames. For example, if the catalog file contained the line:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2668
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"PUBLIC  \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"             \"1.0/"
"transitional.dtd\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:2670
msgid ""
"The <acronym>XML</acronym> processor knows that the <acronym>DTD</acronym> "
"is called <filename>transitional.dtd</filename> in the <filename>1.0</"
"filename> subdirectory of the directory that held <filename>catalog</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:2676
msgid ""
"Examine the contents of <filename>/usr/local/share/xml/dtd/xhtml/catalog."
"xml</filename>. This is the catalog file for the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> "
"<acronym>DTD</acronym>s that were installed as part of the <package>textproc/"
"docproj</package> port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2685
msgid "Alternatives to <acronym>FPI</acronym>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2687
msgid ""
"Instead of using an <acronym>FPI</acronym> to indicate the <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym> to which the document conforms (and therefore, which file on the "
"system contains the <acronym>DTD</acronym>), the filename can be explicitly "
"specified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2693
msgid "The syntax is slightly different:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2695
#, no-wrap
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">!DOCTYPE html SYSTEM \"/path/to/file.dtd\"</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2697
msgid ""
"The <literal>SYSTEM</literal> keyword indicates that the <acronym>XML</"
"acronym> processor should locate the <acronym>DTD</acronym> in a system "
"specific fashion. This typically (but not always) means the <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym> will be provided as a filename."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2703
msgid ""
"Using <acronym>FPI</acronym>s is preferred for reasons of portability. If "
"the <literal>SYSTEM</literal> identifier is used, then the <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym> must be provided and kept in the same location for everyone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2711
msgid "Escaping Back to <acronym>XML</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2713
msgid ""
"Some of the underlying <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax can be useful within "
"documents. For example, comments can be included in the document, and will "
"be ignored by the parser. Comments are entered using <acronym>XML</acronym> "
"syntax. Other uses for <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax will be shown later."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2719
msgid ""
"<acronym>XML</acronym> sections begin with a <literal>&lt;!</literal> tag "
"and end with a <literal>&gt;</literal>. These sections contain instructions "
"for the parser rather than elements of the document. Everything between "
"these tags is <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax. The <link linkend=\"xml-primer-"
"doctype-declaration\">DOCTYPE declaration</link> shown earlier is an example "
"of <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax included in the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2731
msgid "Comments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2733
msgid ""
"An <acronym>XML</acronym> document may contain comments. They may appear "
"anywhere as long as they are not inside tags. They are even allowed in some "
"locations inside the <acronym>DTD</acronym> (e.g., between <link linkend="
"\"xml-primer-entities\">entity declarations</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2739
msgid ""
"<acronym>XML</acronym> comments start with the string <quote><literal>&lt;!--"
"</literal></quote> and end with the string <quote><literal>--&gt;</literal></"
"quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2743
msgid "Here are some examples of valid <acronym>XML</acronym> comments:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2747
msgid "<acronym>XML</acronym> Generic Comments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2749
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!-- This is inside the comment --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!--This is another comment--&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!-- This is how you\n"
"     write multiline comments --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;p&gt;A simple &lt;!-- Comment inside an element's content --&gt; "
"paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2759
msgid ""
"<acronym>XML</acronym> comments may contain any strings except "
"<quote><literal>--</literal></quote>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2763
msgid "Erroneous <acronym>XML</acronym> Comment"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2765
#, no-wrap
msgid "&lt;!-- This comment--is wrong --&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2773
msgid ""
"Add some comments to <filename>example.xml</filename>, and check that the "
"file still validates using <command>xmllint</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2779
msgid ""
"Add some invalid comments to <filename>example.xml</filename>, and see the "
"error messages that <command>xmllint</command> gives when it encounters an "
"invalid comment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2789
msgid "Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2791
msgid ""
"Entities are a mechanism for assigning names to chunks of content. As an "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> parser processes a document, any entities it finds "
"are replaced by the content of the entity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2796
msgid ""
"This is a good way to have re-usable, easily changeable chunks of content in "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> documents. It is also the only way to include one "
"marked up file inside another using <acronym>XML</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2801
msgid ""
"There are two types of entities for two different situations: "
"<emphasis>general entities</emphasis> and <emphasis>parameter entities</"
"emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2806
msgid "General Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2808
msgid ""
"General entities are used to assign names to reusable chunks of text. These "
"entities can only be used in the document. They cannot be used in an "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> context."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2813
msgid ""
"To include the text of a general entity in the document, include "
"<literal>&amp;<replaceable>entity-name</replaceable>;</literal> in the text. "
"For example, consider a general entity called <literal>current.version</"
"literal> which expands to the current version number of a product. To use it "
"in the document, write:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2821
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The current version of our product is\n"
"  &amp;current.version;.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2824
msgid ""
"When the version number changes, edit the definition of the general entity, "
"replacing the value. Then reprocess the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2828
msgid ""
"General entities can also be used to enter characters that could not "
"otherwise be included in an <acronym>XML</acronym> document. For example, "
"<literal>&lt;</literal> and <literal>&amp;</literal> cannot normally appear "
"in an <acronym>XML</acronym> document. The <acronym>XML</acronym> parser "
"sees the <literal>&lt;</literal> symbol as the start of a tag. Likewise, "
"when the <literal>&amp;</literal> symbol is seen, the next text is expected "
"to be an entity name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2837
msgid ""
"These symbols can be included by using two predefined general entities: "
"<literal>&amp;lt;</literal> and <literal>&amp;amp;</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2841
msgid ""
"General entities can only be defined within an <acronym>XML</acronym> "
"context. Such definitions are usually done immediately after the DOCTYPE "
"declaration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2846
msgid "Defining General Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2848
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY current.version    \"3.0-RELEASE\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY last.version       \"2.2.7-RELEASE\"&gt;\n"
"]&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:2854
msgid ""
"The DOCTYPE declaration has been extended by adding a square bracket at the "
"end of the first line. The two entities are then defined over the next two "
"lines, the square bracket is closed, and then the DOCTYPE declaration is "
"closed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:2860
msgid ""
"The square brackets are necessary to indicate that the DTD indicated by the "
"DOCTYPE declaration is being extended."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:2867
msgid "Parameter Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2869
msgid ""
"Parameter entities, like <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-"
"entities\">general entities</link>, are used to assign names to reusable "
"chunks of text. But parameter entities can only be used within an <link "
"linkend=\"xml-primer-xml-escape\">XML context</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2876
msgid ""
"Parameter entity definitions are similar to those for general entities. "
"However, parameter entities are included with <literal>%<replaceable>entity-"
"name</replaceable>;</literal>. The definition also includes the <literal>%</"
"literal> between the <literal>ENTITY</literal> keyword and the name of the "
"entity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2884
msgid ""
"For a mnemonic, think <quote><emphasis>P</emphasis>arameter entities use the "
"<emphasis>P</emphasis>ercent symbol</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2889
msgid "Defining Parameter Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2891
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY % entity \"&lt;!ENTITY version '1.0'&gt;\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!-- use the parameter entity --&gt;\n"
"%entity;\n"
"]&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2899
msgid ""
"At first sight, parameter entities do not look very useful, but they make it "
"possible to <link linkend=\"xml-primer-include\">include other files</link> "
"into an XML document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2909
msgid "Add a general entity to <filename>example.xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:2912
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
"]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  &lt;!-- There may be some comments in here as well --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph containing some text."
"<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This paragraph contains some more text."
"<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"right\"</tag>This paragraph might be "
"right-justified.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>The current version of this document is: "
"&amp;version;<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2937
msgid "Validate the document using <command>xmllint</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2942
msgid ""
"Load <filename>example.xml</filename> into a web browser. It may have to be "
"copied to <filename>example.html</filename> before the browser recognizes it "
"as an <acronym>XHTML</acronym> document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2948
msgid ""
"Older browsers with simple parsers may not render this file as expected. The "
"entity reference <literal>&amp;version;</literal> may not be replaced by the "
"version number, or the <acronym>XML</acronym> context closing "
"<literal>]&gt;</literal> may not be recognized and instead shown in the "
"output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2957
msgid ""
"The solution is to <emphasis>normalize</emphasis> the document with an "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> normalizer. The normalizer reads valid <acronym>XML</"
"acronym> and writes equally valid <acronym>XML</acronym> which has been "
"transformed in some way. One way the normalizer transforms the input is by "
"expanding all the entity references in the document, replacing the entities "
"with the text that they represent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2966
msgid ""
"<command>xmllint</command> can be used for this. It also has an option to "
"drop the initial <acronym>DTD</acronym> section so that the closing "
"<literal>]&gt;</literal> does not confuse browsers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:2971
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --noent --dropdtd example.xml &gt; "
"example.html</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:2973
msgid ""
"A normalized copy of the document with entities expanded is produced in "
"<filename>example.html</filename>, ready to load into a web browser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:2982
msgid "Using Entities to Include Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:2984
msgid ""
"Both <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-entities\">general</link> and <link "
"linkend=\"xml-primer-parameter-entities\">parameter</link> entities are "
"particularly useful for including one file inside another."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:2991 book.translate.xml:3007
msgid "Using General Entities to Include Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:2993
msgid ""
"Consider some content for an <acronym>XML</acronym> book organized into "
"files, one file per chapter, called <filename>chapter1.xml</filename>, "
"<filename>chapter2.xml</filename>, and so forth, with a <filename>book.xml</"
"filename> that will contain these chapters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3000
msgid ""
"In order to use the contents of these files as the values for entities, they "
"are declared with the <literal>SYSTEM</literal> keyword. This directs the "
"<acronym>XML</acronym> parser to include the contents of the named file as "
"the value of the entity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3009
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM \"chapter1.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM \"chapter2.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM \"chapter3.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!-- And so forth --&gt;\n"
"]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
"  &lt;!-- Use the entities to load in the chapters --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  &amp;chapter.1;\n"
"  &amp;chapter.2;\n"
"  &amp;chapter.3;\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: book.translate.xml:3027
msgid ""
"When using general entities to include other files within a document, the "
"files being included (<filename>chapter1.xml</filename>, <filename>chapter2."
"xml</filename>, and so on) <emphasis>must not</emphasis> start with a "
"DOCTYPE declaration. This is a syntax error because entities are low-level "
"constructs and they are resolved before any parsing happens."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3039 book.translate.xml:3058
msgid "Using Parameter Entities to Include Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3041
msgid ""
"Parameter entities can only be used inside an <acronym>XML</acronym> context."
" Including a file in an <acronym>XML</acronym> context can be used to ensure "
"that general entities are reusable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3046
msgid ""
"Suppose that there are many chapters in the document, and these chapters "
"were reused in two different books, each book organizing the chapters in a "
"different fashion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3050
msgid ""
"The entities could be listed at the top of each book, but that quickly "
"becomes cumbersome to manage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3053
msgid ""
"Instead, place the general entity definitions inside one file, and use a "
"parameter entity to include that file within the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:3060
msgid ""
"Place the entity definitions in a separate file called <filename>chapters."
"ent</filename> and containing this text:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3064
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM \"chapter1.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM \"chapter2.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM \"chapter3.xml\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:3068
msgid ""
"Create a parameter entity to refer to the contents of the file. Then use the "
"parameter entity to load the file into the document, which will then make "
"all the general entities available for use. Then use the general entities as "
"before:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3074
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
"&lt;!-- Define a parameter entity to load in the chapter general entities --"
"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY % chapters SYSTEM \"chapters.ent\"&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!-- Now use the parameter entity to load in this file --&gt;\n"
"%chapters;\n"
"]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
"  &amp;chapter.1;\n"
"  &amp;chapter.2;\n"
"  &amp;chapter.3;\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:3095
msgid "Use General Entities to Include Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3099
msgid ""
"Create three files, <filename>para1.xml</filename>, <filename>para2.xml</"
"filename>, and <filename>para3.xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3103
msgid "Put content like this in each file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3105
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the first paragraph.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3109 book.translate.xml:3162
msgid "Edit <filename>example.xml</filename> so that it looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3112
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\"&gt;\n"
"]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>The current version of this document is: "
"&amp;version;<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    &amp;para1;\n"
"    &amp;para2;\n"
"    &amp;para3;\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3136 book.translate.xml:3197
msgid ""
"Produce <filename>example.html</filename> by normalizing <filename>example."
"xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:3139 book.translate.xml:3200
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --dropdtd --noent example.xml &gt; "
"example.html</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3143 book.translate.xml:3204
msgid ""
"Load <filename>example.html</filename> into the web browser and confirm that "
"the <filename>para<replaceable>n</replaceable>.xml</filename> files have "
"been included in <filename>example.html</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:3153
msgid "Use Parameter Entities to Include Files"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3156
msgid "The previous steps must have completed before this step."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3165
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY % entities SYSTEM \"entities.ent\"&gt; %entities;\n"
"]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>The current version of this document is: "
"&amp;version;<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    &amp;para1;\n"
"    &amp;para2;\n"
"    &amp;para3;\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3186
msgid ""
"Create a new file called <filename>entities.ent</filename> with this content:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3190
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3216
msgid "Marked Sections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3218
msgid ""
"<acronym>XML</acronym> provides a mechanism to indicate that particular "
"pieces of the document should be processed in a special way. These are "
"called <quote>marked sections</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3224
msgid "Structure of a Marked Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3226
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;![<replaceable>KEYWORD</replaceable>[\n"
"  Contents of marked section\n"
"]]&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3231
msgid ""
"As expected of an <acronym>XML</acronym> construct, a marked section starts "
"with <literal>&lt;!</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3234
msgid "The first square bracket begins the marked section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3236
msgid ""
"<replaceable>KEYWORD</replaceable> describes how this marked section is to "
"be processed by the parser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3239
msgid ""
"The second square bracket indicates the start of the marked section's "
"content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3242
msgid ""
"The marked section is finished by closing the two square brackets, and then "
"returning to the document context from the <acronym>XML</acronym> context "
"with <literal>&gt;</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3248
msgid "Marked Section Keywords"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:3251
msgid "<literal>CDATA</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3253
msgid ""
"These keywords denote the marked sections <emphasis>content model</"
"emphasis>, and allow you to change it from the default."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3257
msgid ""
"When an <acronym>XML</acronym> parser is processing a document, it keeps "
"track of the <quote>content model</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3261
msgid ""
"The content model describes the content the parser is expecting to see and "
"what it will do with that content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3265
msgid "The <literal>CDATA</literal> content model is one of the most useful."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3268
msgid ""
"<literal>CDATA</literal> is for <quote>Character Data</quote>. When the "
"parser is in this content model, it expects to see only characters. In this "
"model the <literal>&lt;</literal> and <literal>&amp;</literal> symbols lose "
"their special status, and will be treated as ordinary characters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3276
msgid ""
"When using <literal>CDATA</literal> in examples of text marked up in "
"<acronym>XML</acronym>, remember that the content of <literal>CDATA</"
"literal> is not validated. The included text must be check with other means. "
"For example, the content could be written in another document, validated, "
"and then pasted into the <literal>CDATA</literal> section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3286
msgid "Using a <literal>CDATA</literal> Marked Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3289
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Here is an example of how to include some "
"text that contains\n"
"  many <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>&amp;lt;<tag class="
"\"endtag\">literal</tag> and <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</"
"tag>&amp;amp;<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag>\n"
"  symbols.  The sample text is a fragment of\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>XHTML<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</"
"tag>.  The surrounding text (<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag> and\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>) are from DocBook.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>&lt;![CDATA[<tag class="
"\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a sample that shows some of the\n"
"  elements within <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>XHTML<tag class="
"\"endtag\">acronym</tag>.  Since the angle\n"
"  brackets are used so many times, it is simpler to say the whole\n"
"  example is a CDATA marked section than to use the entity names for\n"
"  the left and right angle brackets throughout.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">ul</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>This is a listitem<tag class="
"\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>This is a second listitem<tag class="
"\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>This is a third listitem<tag class="
"\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">ul</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the end of the example.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">p</tag>]]&gt;<tag class=\"endtag\">programlisting</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:3312
msgid "<literal>INCLUDE</literal> and <literal>IGNORE</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3315
msgid ""
"When the keyword is <literal>INCLUDE</literal>, then the contents of the "
"marked section will be processed. When the keyword is <literal>IGNORE</"
"literal>, the marked section is ignored and will not be processed. It will "
"not appear in the output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3322
msgid ""
"Using <literal>INCLUDE</literal> and <literal>IGNORE</literal> in Marked "
"Sections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3325
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;![INCLUDE[\n"
"  This text will be processed and included.\n"
"]]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;![IGNORE[\n"
"  This text will not be processed or included.\n"
"]]&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3334
msgid ""
"By itself, this is not too useful. Text to be removed from the document "
"could be cut out, or wrapped in comments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3338
msgid ""
"It becomes more useful when controlled by <link linkend=\"xml-primer-"
"parameter-entities\">parameter entities</link>, yet this usage is limited to "
"entity files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3343
msgid ""
"For example, suppose that documentation was produced in a hard-copy version "
"and an electronic version. Some extra text is desired in the electronic "
"version content that was not to appear in the hard-copy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3348
msgid ""
"Create an entity file that defines general entities to include each chapter "
"and guard these definitions with a parameter entity that can be set to "
"either <literal>INCLUDE</literal> or <literal>IGNORE</literal> to control "
"whether the entity is defined. After these conditional general entity "
"definitions, place one more definition for each general entity to set them "
"to an empty value. This technique makes use of the fact that entity "
"definitions cannot be overridden but the first definition always takes "
"effect. So the inclusion of the chapter is controlled with the corresponding "
"parameter entity. Set to <literal>INCLUDE</literal>, the first general "
"entity definition will be read and the second one will be ignored. Set to "
"<literal>IGNORE</literal>, the first definition will be ignored and the "
"second one will take effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3365
msgid "Using a Parameter Entity to Control a Marked Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3368
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!ENTITY % electronic.copy \"INCLUDE\"&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;![%electronic.copy;[\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY chap.preface	SYSTEM \"preface.xml\"&gt;\n"
"]]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY chap.preface \"\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:3376
msgid ""
"When producing the hard-copy version, change the parameter entity's "
"definition to:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3379
#, no-wrap
msgid "&lt;!ENTITY % electronic.copy \"IGNORE\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3389
msgid "Modify <filename>entities.ent</filename> to contain the following:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3392
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY % conditional.text \"IGNORE\"&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;![%conditional.text;[\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\"&gt;\n"
"]]&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para1 \"\"&gt;\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\"&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:3406
msgid ""
"Normalize <filename>example.xml</filename> and notice that the conditional "
"text is not present in the output document. Set the parameter entity guard "
"to <literal>INCLUDE</literal> and regenerate the normalized document and the "
"text will appear again. This method makes sense if there are more "
"conditional chunks depending on the same condition. For example, to control "
"generating printed or online text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3421
msgid "Conclusion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3423
msgid ""
"That is the conclusion of this <acronym>XML</acronym> primer. For reasons of "
"space and complexity, several things have not been covered in depth (or at "
"all). However, the previous sections cover enough <acronym>XML</acronym> to "
"introduce the organization of the <acronym>FDP</acronym> documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:3464
msgid "<acronym>XHTML</acronym> Markup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3467 book.translate.xml:4070 book.translate.xml:7336
#: book.translate.xml:8250
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3469
msgid ""
"This chapter describes usage of the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> markup language "
"used for the FreeBSD web site."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3472
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> is the <acronym>XML</acronym> version of the "
"HyperText Markup Language, the markup language of choice on the World Wide "
"Web. More information can be found at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/"
"\">http://www.w3.org/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3477
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> is used to mark up pages on the FreeBSD web site. "
"It is usually not used to mark up other documentation, since DocBook offers "
"a far richer set of elements from which to choose. Consequently, "
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> pages will normally only be encountered when "
"writing for the web site."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3484
msgid ""
"<acronym>HTML</acronym> has gone through a number of versions. The "
"<acronym>XML</acronym>-compliant version described here is called "
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym>. The latest widespread version is <acronym>XHTML</"
"acronym> 1.0, available in both <emphasis>strict</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>transitional</emphasis> variants."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3491
msgid ""
"The <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>DTDs</acronym> are available from the "
"Ports Collection in <package>textproc/xhtml</package>. They are "
"automatically installed by the <package>textproc/docproj</package> port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3498
msgid ""
"This is <emphasis>not</emphasis> an exhaustive list of elements, since that "
"would just repeat the documentation for <acronym>XHTML</acronym>. The aim is "
"to list those elements most commonly used. Please post questions about "
"elements or uses not covered here to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists."
"FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project "
"mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/title
#: book.translate.xml:3506 book.translate.xml:4109
msgid "Inline Versus Block"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3508 book.translate.xml:4111
msgid ""
"In the remainder of this document, when describing elements, "
"<emphasis>inline</emphasis> means that the element can occur within a block "
"element, and does not cause a line break. A <emphasis>block</emphasis> "
"element, by comparison, will cause a line break (and other processing) when "
"it is encountered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3518
msgid "Formal Public Identifier (<acronym>FPI</acronym>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3520
msgid ""
"There are a number of <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>FPI</acronym>s, "
"depending upon the version, or <emphasis>level</emphasis> of <acronym>XHTML</"
"acronym> to which a document conforms. Most <acronym>XHTML</acronym> "
"documents on the FreeBSD web site comply with the transitional version of "
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> 1.0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3527
#, no-wrap
msgid "PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3531
msgid "Sectional Elements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3533
msgid ""
"An <acronym>XHTML</acronym> document is normally split into two sections. "
"The first section, called the <emphasis>head</emphasis>, contains meta-"
"information about the document, such as its title, the name of the author, "
"the parent document, and so on. The second section, the <emphasis>body</"
"emphasis>, contains content that will be displayed to the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:3541
msgid ""
"These sections are indicated with <tag>head</tag> and <tag>body</tag> "
"elements respectively. These elements are contained within the top-level "
"<tag>html</tag> element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3547
msgid "Normal <acronym>XHTML</acronym> Document Structure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3550
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
"	  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag><replaceable>The Document's Title</"
"replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    …\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3565 book.translate.xml:4709
msgid "Block Elements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3568
msgid "Headings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3570
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> has tags to denote headings in the document at up "
"to six different levels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3573
msgid ""
"The largest and most prominent heading is <tag>h1</tag>, then <tag>h2</tag>, "
"continuing down to <tag>h6</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3577
msgid "The element's content is the text of the heading."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3580
msgid "<tag>h1</tag>, <tag>h2</tag>, and Other Header Tags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:3583 book.translate.xml:3618 book.translate.xml:3634
#: book.translate.xml:3679 book.translate.xml:3711 book.translate.xml:3788
#: book.translate.xml:3816 book.translate.xml:3838 book.translate.xml:3860
#: book.translate.xml:3916 book.translate.xml:3933 book.translate.xml:3963
#: book.translate.xml:3988 book.translate.xml:4728 book.translate.xml:4754
#: book.translate.xml:4835 book.translate.xml:4869 book.translate.xml:4916
#: book.translate.xml:4976 book.translate.xml:5037 book.translate.xml:5133
#: book.translate.xml:5269 book.translate.xml:5431 book.translate.xml:5490
#: book.translate.xml:5517 book.translate.xml:5547 book.translate.xml:5586
#: book.translate.xml:5694 book.translate.xml:5751 book.translate.xml:5802
#: book.translate.xml:5921 book.translate.xml:5989 book.translate.xml:6018
#: book.translate.xml:6039 book.translate.xml:6081 book.translate.xml:6136
#: book.translate.xml:6169 book.translate.xml:6186 book.translate.xml:6220
#: book.translate.xml:6244 book.translate.xml:6724 book.translate.xml:6740
msgid "Usage:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3585
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">h1</tag>First section<tag class=\"endtag\">h1</tag>\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!-- Document introduction goes here --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">h2</tag>This is the heading for the first "
"section<tag class=\"endtag\">h2</tag>\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!-- Content for the first section goes here --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">h3</tag>This is the heading for the first sub-"
"section<tag class=\"endtag\">h3</tag>\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!-- Content for the first sub-section goes here --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">h2</tag>This is the heading for the second "
"section<tag class=\"endtag\">h2</tag>\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!-- Content for the second section goes here --&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3602
msgid ""
"Generally, an <acronym>XHTML</acronym> page should have one first level "
"heading (<tag>h1</tag>). This can contain many second level headings "
"(<tag>h2</tag>), which can in turn contain many third level headings. Do not "
"leave gaps in the numbering."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3610 book.translate.xml:4712
msgid "Paragraphs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3612
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> supports a single paragraph element, <tag>p</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3616
msgid "<tag>p</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3620
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph.  It can contain just "
"about any\n"
"  other element.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3626 book.translate.xml:4741
msgid "Block Quotations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3628
msgid ""
"A block quotation is an extended quotation from another document that will "
"appear in a separate paragraph."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3632 book.translate.xml:4752
msgid "<tag>blockquote</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3636
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">blockquote</tag>We the People of the United States, "
"in Order to form\n"
"  a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic\n"
"  Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the general\n"
"  Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our\n"
"  Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the\n"
"  United States of America.<tag class=\"endtag\">blockquote</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3648
msgid "Lists"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3650
msgid ""
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> can present the user with three types of lists: "
"ordered, unordered, and definition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3653
msgid ""
"Entries in an ordered list will be numbered, while entries in an unordered "
"list will be preceded by bullet points. Definition lists have two sections "
"for each entry. The first section is the term being defined, and the second "
"section is the definition."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3659
msgid ""
"Ordered lists are indicated by the <tag>ol</tag> element, unordered lists by "
"the <tag>ul</tag> element, and definition lists by the <tag>dl</tag> element."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3664
msgid ""
"Ordered and unordered lists contain listitems, indicated by the <tag>li</"
"tag> element. A listitem can contain textual content, or it may be further "
"wrapped in one or more <tag>p</tag> elements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3669
msgid ""
"Definition lists contain definition terms (<tag>dt</tag>) and definition "
"descriptions (<tag>dd</tag>). A definition term can only contain inline "
"elements. A definition description can contain other block elements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3676
msgid "<tag>ul</tag> and <tag>ol</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3681
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>An unordered list.  Listitems will probably "
"be\n"
"  preceded by bullets.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">ul</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>First item<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>Second item<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>Third item<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">ul</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>An ordered list, with list items consisting "
"of multiple\n"
"  paragraphs.  Each item (note: not each paragraph) will be\n"
"  numbered.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">ol</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the "
"first item.  It only has one paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag "
"class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the "
"first paragraph of the second item.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the second paragraph of the "
"second item.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the "
"first and only paragraph of the third\n"
"    item.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">ol</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3709
msgid "Definition Lists with <tag>dl</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3713
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">dl</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">dt</tag>Term 1<tag class=\"endtag\">dt</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">dd</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 1 "
"of definition 1.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 2 of definition 1.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">dd</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">dt</tag>Term 2<tag class=\"endtag\">dt</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">dd</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 1 "
"of definition 2.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">dd</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">dt</tag>Term 3<tag class=\"endtag\">dt</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">dd</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 1 "
"of definition 3.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">dd</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">dl</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3732
msgid "Pre-formatted Text"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3734
msgid ""
"Pre-formatted text is shown to the user exactly as it is in the file. Text "
"is shown in a fixed font. Multiple spaces and line breaks are shown exactly "
"as they are in the file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3739
msgid "Wrap pre-formatted text in the <tag>pre</tag> element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3743
msgid "<tag>pre</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:3745
msgid ""
"For example, the <tag>pre</tag> tags could be used to mark up an email "
"message:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3748
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">pre</tag>  From: nik@FreeBSD.org\n"
"  To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org\n"
"  Subject: New documentation available\n"
"\n"
"  There is a new copy of my primer for contributors to the FreeBSD\n"
"  Documentation Project available at\n"
"\n"
"    &amp;lt;URL:https://people.FreeBSD.org/~nik/primer/index.html&amp;gt;\n"
"\n"
"  Comments appreciated.\n"
"\n"
"  N<tag class=\"endtag\">pre</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:3761
msgid ""
"Keep in mind that <literal>&lt;</literal> and <literal>&amp;</literal> still "
"are recognized as special characters in pre-formatted text. This is why the "
"example shown had to use <literal>&amp;lt;</literal> instead of "
"<literal>&lt;</literal>. For consistency, <literal>&amp;gt;</literal> was "
"used in place of <literal>&gt;</literal>, too. Watch out for the special "
"characters that may appear in text copied from a plain-text source, like an "
"email message or program code."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3774 book.translate.xml:5242
msgid "Tables"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3776
msgid ""
"Mark up tabular information using the <tag>table</tag> element. A table "
"consists of one or more table rows (<tag>tr</tag>), each containing one or "
"more cells of table data (<tag>td</tag>). Each cell can contain other block "
"elements, such as paragraphs or lists. It can also contain another table "
"(this nesting can repeat indefinitely). If the cell only contains one "
"paragraph then the <tag>p</tag>element is not needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3786
msgid "Simple Use of <tag>table</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3790
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a simple 2x2 table.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top left cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</"
"tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</"
"tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class="
"\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class="
"\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3807
msgid ""
"A cell can span multiple rows and columns by adding the <tag class="
"\"attribute\">rowspan</tag> or <tag class=\"attribute\">colspan</tag> "
"attributes with values for the number of rows or columns to be spanned."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3813
msgid "Using <tag class=\"attribute\">rowspan</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3818
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One tall thin cell on the left, two short "
"cells next to\n"
"  it on the right.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td rowspan=\"2\"</tag>Long and thin<tag class="
"\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</"
"tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3835
msgid "Using <tag class=\"attribute\">colspan</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3840
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One long cell on top, two short cells below "
"it.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td colspan=\"2\"</tag>Top cell<tag class="
"\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class="
"\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class="
"\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3856
msgid ""
"Using <tag class=\"attribute\">rowspan</tag> and <tag class="
"\"attribute\">colspan</tag> Together"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3862
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>On a 3x3 grid, the top left block is a 2x2 "
"set of\n"
"  cells merged into one.  The other cells are normal.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td colspan=\"2\" rowspan=\"2\"</tag>Top left "
"large cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</"
"tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    &lt;!-- Because the large cell on the left merges into\n"
"         this row, the first &lt;td&gt; will occur on its\n"
"         right --&gt;\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Middle right cell<tag class="
"\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class="
"\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom middle cell<tag class="
"\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class="
"\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3893 book.translate.xml:5469
msgid "In-line Elements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3896 book.translate.xml:5472
msgid "Emphasizing Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3898
msgid ""
"Two levels of emphasis are available in <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, <tag>em</"
"tag> and <tag>strong</tag>. <tag>em</tag> is for a normal level of emphasis "
"and <tag>strong</tag> indicates stronger emphasis."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3904
msgid ""
"<tag>em</tag> is typically rendered in italic and <tag>strong</tag> is "
"rendered in bold. This is not always the case, and should not be relied upon."
" According to best practices, web pages only hold structural and semantical "
"information, and stylesheets are later applied to them. Think of semantics, "
"not formatting, when using these tags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3913
msgid "<tag>em</tag> and <tag>strong</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3918
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>This<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">em</tag> has been emphasized, while\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">strong</tag>this<tag class=\"endtag\">strong</tag> "
"has been strongly emphasized.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3924
msgid "Indicating Fixed-Pitch Text"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:3926
msgid ""
"Content that should be rendered in a fixed pitch (typewriter) typeface is "
"tagged with <tag>tt</tag> (for <quote>teletype</quote>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3931
msgid "<tag>tt</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3935
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Many system settings are stored in\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tt</tag>/etc<tag class=\"endtag\">tt</tag>.<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:3941 book.translate.xml:6562
msgid "Links"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:3944
msgid "Links are also inline elements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:3948 book.translate.xml:6657
msgid "Linking to Other Documents on the Web"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3950
msgid ""
"A link points to the <acronym>URL</acronym> of a document on the web. The "
"link is indicated with <tag>a</tag>, and the <tag class=\"attribute\">href</"
"tag> attribute contains the <acronym>URL</acronym> of the target document. "
"The content of the element becomes the link, indicated to the user by "
"showing it in a different color or with an underline."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3960
msgid "Using <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"...\"</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3965
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information is available at the\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"http://www.&amp;os;.org/\"</tag>&amp;os; "
"web site<tag class=\"endtag\">a</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3969
msgid "This link always takes the user to the top of the linked document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:3974
msgid "Linking to Specific Parts of Documents"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3976
msgid ""
"To link to a specific point within a document, that document must include an "
"<emphasis>anchor</emphasis> at the desired point. Anchors are included by "
"setting the <tag class=\"attribute\">id</tag> attribute of an element to a "
"name. This example creates an anchor by setting the <tag class="
"\"attribute\">id</tag> attribute of a <tag class=\"element\">p</tag> element."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:3986
msgid "Creating an Anchor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:3990
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p id=\"samplepara\"</tag>This paragraph can be "
"referenced\n"
"  in other links with the name <tag class=\"starttag\">tt</"
"tag>samplepara<tag class=\"endtag\">tt</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:3994
msgid ""
"Links to anchors are similar to plain links, but include a <literal>#</"
"literal> symbol and the anchor's <acronym>ID</acronym> at the end of the "
"<acronym>URL</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4000
msgid "Linking to a Named Part of a Different Document"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4003
msgid ""
"The <literal>samplepara</literal> example is part of a document called "
"<filename>foo.html</filename>. A link to that specific paragraph in the "
"document is constructed in this example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4008
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information can be found in the\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"foo.html#samplepara\"</tag>sample "
"paragraph<tag class=\"endtag\">a</tag> of\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tt</tag>foo.html<tag class=\"endtag\">tt</tag>."
"<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:4013
msgid ""
"To link to a named anchor within the same document, omit the document's "
"<acronym>URL</acronym>, and just use the <literal>#</literal> symbol "
"followed by the name of the anchor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4019
msgid "Linking to a Named Part of the Same Document"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4021
msgid ""
"The <literal>samplepara</literal> example resides in this document. To link "
"to it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4024
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information can be found in the\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"#samplepara\"</tag>sample paragraph<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">a</tag> of this\n"
"  document.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:4067
msgid "DocBook Markup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4072
msgid ""
"This chapter is an introduction to DocBook as it is used for FreeBSD "
"documentation. DocBook is a large and complex markup system, but the subset "
"described here covers the parts that are most widely used for FreeBSD "
"documentation. While a moderate subset is covered, it is impossible to "
"anticipate every situation. Please post questions that this document does "
"not answer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
#: book.translate.xml:4083
msgid ""
"A short history can be found under <link xlink:href=\"http://www.oasis-open."
"org/docbook/intro.shtml#d0e41\">http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/intro."
"shtml#d0e41</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4080
msgid ""
"DocBook was originally developed by HaL Computer Systems and O'Reilly &amp; "
"Associates to be a Document Type Definition (<acronym>DTD</acronym>) for "
"writing technical documentation <_:footnote-1/>. Since 1998 it is maintained "
"by the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/tc_home."
"php?wg_abbrev=docbook\"> DocBook Technical Committee</link>. As such, and "
"unlike LinuxDoc and <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, DocBook is very heavily "
"oriented towards markup that describes <emphasis>what</emphasis> something "
"is, rather than describing <emphasis>how</emphasis> it should be presented."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4091
msgid ""
"The DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> is available from the Ports Collection in "
"the <package>textproc/docbook-xml</package> port. It is automatically "
"installed as part of the <package>textproc/docproj</package> port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/title
#: book.translate.xml:4099
msgid "Formal Versus Informal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4101
msgid ""
"Some elements may exist in two forms, <emphasis>formal</emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>informal</emphasis>. Typically, the formal version of the element "
"will consist of a title followed by the informal version of the element. The "
"informal version will not have a title."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:4121
msgid "FreeBSD Extensions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4123
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD Documentation Project has extended the DocBook <acronym>DTD</"
"acronym> with additional elements and entities. These additions serve to "
"make some of the markup easier or more precise."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4128
msgid ""
"Throughout the rest of this document, the term <quote>DocBook</quote> is "
"used to mean the FreeBSD-extended DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4133
msgid ""
"Most of these extensions are not unique to FreeBSD, it was just felt that "
"they were useful enhancements for this particular project. Should anyone "
"from any of the other *nix camps (NetBSD, OpenBSD, Linux, …) be interested "
"in collaborating on a standard DocBook extension set, please contact "
"Documentation Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4142
msgid "FreeBSD Elements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4144
msgid ""
"The additional FreeBSD elements are not (currently) in the Ports Collection. "
"They are stored in the FreeBSD Subversion tree, as <link xlink:href=\"http://"
"svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/head/share/xml/freebsd.dtd\">head/share/xml/freebsd."
"dtd</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4148
msgid ""
"FreeBSD-specific elements used in the examples below are clearly marked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4153
msgid "FreeBSD Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4155
msgid ""
"This table shows some of the most useful entities available in the "
"<acronym>FDP</acronym>. For a complete list, see the <filename>*.ent</"
"filename> files in <filename>doc/share/xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4175
msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD Name Entities</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4180
msgid "<literal>&amp;os;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4181
msgid "<literal>FreeBSD</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4186
msgid "<literal>&amp;os.stable;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4187
msgid "<literal>FreeBSD-STABLE</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4192
msgid "<literal>&amp;os.current;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4193
msgid "<literal>FreeBSD-CURRENT</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4204
msgid "Manual Page Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4209
msgid "<literal>&amp;man.ls.1;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4210
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4211
msgid ""
"Usage: <literal>&amp;man.ls.1; is the manual page for &lt;command&gt;ls&lt;/"
"command&gt;.</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4217
msgid "<literal>&amp;man.cp.1;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4218 book.translate.xml:8901
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4219
msgid ""
"Usage: <literal>The manual page for &lt;command&gt;cp&lt;/command&gt; is "
"&amp;man.cp.1;.</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4225
msgid ""
"<literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>."
"<replaceable>sectionnumber</replaceable>;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4226
msgid ""
"<emphasis>link to <replaceable>command</replaceable> manual page in section "
"<replaceable>sectionnumber</replaceable></emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4230
msgid ""
"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/cgi/"
"man.cgi\">FreeBSD manual pages</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4242
msgid "FreeBSD Mailing List Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4247
msgid "<literal>&amp;a.doc;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4248
msgid ""
"<literal><link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link></literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4249
msgid "Usage: <literal>A link to the &amp;a.doc;.</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4254
msgid "<literal>&amp;a.questions;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4255
msgid ""
"<literal><link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions mailing list</link></literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4256
msgid "Usage: <literal>A link to the &amp;a.questions;.</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4261
msgid "<literal>&amp;a.<replaceable>listname</replaceable>;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4262
msgid "<emphasis>link to <replaceable>listname</replaceable></emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4264
msgid ""
"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/eresources.html#eresources-mail\">FreeBSD "
"mailing lists</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4275
msgid "FreeBSD Document Link Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4280
msgid "<literal>&amp;url.books.handbook;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4281
msgid ""
"<literal>@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4282
msgid ""
"Usage: <literal>A link to the &lt;link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.books.handbook;/"
"advanced-networking.html\"&gt;Advanced Networking&lt;/link&gt; chapter of "
"the Handbook.</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4289
msgid "<literal>&amp;url.books.<replaceable>bookname</replaceable>;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4290
msgid ""
"<emphasis>relative path to <replaceable>bookname</replaceable></emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4292
msgid ""
"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/\">FreeBSD books</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4297
msgid "<literal>&amp;url.articles.committers-guide;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4298
msgid ""
"<literal>@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/committers-guide</"
"literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4299
msgid ""
"Usage: <literal>A link to the &lt;link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles."
"committers-guide;\"&gt;Committer's Guide&lt;/link&gt; article.</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4306
msgid ""
"<literal>&amp;url.articles.<replaceable>articlename</replaceable>;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4307
msgid ""
"<emphasis>relative path to <replaceable>articlename</replaceable></emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4309
msgid ""
"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
"en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/\">FreeBSD articles</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4320
msgid "Other Operating System Name Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4325
msgid "<literal>&amp;linux;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4326
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4327
msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4331 book.translate.xml:9535
msgid "<literal>&amp;unix;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4332 book.translate.xml:9534
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4333
msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4337
msgid "<literal>&amp;windows;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4338
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4339
msgid ""
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4349
msgid "Miscellaneous Entities"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4354
msgid "<literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4356
msgid "The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user prompt."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4361
msgid "<literal>&amp;prompt.user;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4363
msgid "A prompt for an unprivileged user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4367
msgid "<literal>&amp;postscript;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4368
msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4369
msgid ""
"The <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> programming "
"language."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4374
msgid "<literal>&amp;tex;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4375
msgid "<application>TeX</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4376
msgid "The <application>TeX</application> typesetting language."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4381
msgid "<literal>&amp;xorg;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4382
msgid "Xorg"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:4383
msgid "The Xorg open source X Window System."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:4393
msgid "Formal Public Identifier (FPI)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4395
msgid ""
"In compliance with the DocBook guidelines for writing <acronym>FPI</"
"acronym>s for DocBook customizations, the <acronym>FPI</acronym> for the "
"FreeBSD extended DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> is:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4400
#, no-wrap
msgid "PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.2-Based Extension//EN\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:4404
msgid "Document Structure"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4406
msgid ""
"DocBook allows structuring documentation in several ways. The FreeBSD "
"Documentation Project uses two primary types of DocBook document: the book "
"and the article."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4410
msgid ""
"Books are organized into <tag>chapter</tag>s. This is a mandatory "
"requirement. There may be <tag>part</tag>s between the book and the chapter "
"to provide another layer of organization. For example, the Handbook is "
"arranged in this way."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4416
msgid ""
"A chapter may (or may not) contain one or more sections. These are indicated "
"with the <tag>sect1</tag> element. If a section contains another section "
"then use the <tag>sect2</tag> element, and so on, up to <tag>sect5</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4422
msgid "Chapters and sections contain the remainder of the content."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4425
msgid ""
"An article is simpler than a book, and does not use chapters. Instead, the "
"content of an article is organized into one or more sections, using the same "
"<tag>sect1</tag> (and <tag>sect2</tag> and so on) elements that are used in "
"books."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4431
msgid ""
"The nature of the document being written should be used to determine whether "
"it is best marked up as a book or an article. Articles are well suited to "
"information that does not need to be broken down into several chapters, and "
"that is, relatively speaking, quite short, at up to 20-25 pages of content. "
"Books are best suited to information that can be broken up into several "
"chapters, possibly with appendices and similar content as well."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:4440
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/docs.html\">FreeBSD tutorials</"
"link> are all marked up as articles, while this document, the <link xlink:"
"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/index.html\">FAQ</"
"link>, and the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"books/handbook/index.html\">Handbook</link> are all marked up as books, for "
"example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4447
msgid "Starting a Book"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4449
msgid ""
"The content of a book is contained within the <tag>book</tag> element. As "
"well as containing structural markup, this element can contain elements that "
"include additional information about the book. This is either meta-"
"information, used for reference purposes, or additional content used to "
"produce a title page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4456 book.translate.xml:4511
msgid "This additional information is contained within <tag>info</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4460
msgid "Boilerplate <tag>book</tag> with <tag>info</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4466
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">book</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag><replaceable>Your Title Here</"
"replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag><replaceable>Your first name</"
"replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag><replaceable>Your surname</"
"replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
"          <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag><replaceable>Your email "
"address</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag><replaceable>1998</replaceable><tag "
"class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">holder role=\"mailto:<replaceable>your email "
"address</replaceable>\"</tag><replaceable>Your name</replaceable><tag class="
"\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">releaseinfo</tag>$FreeBSD$<tag class="
"\"endtag\">releaseinfo</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><replaceable>Include an abstract of "
"the book's contents here.</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  …\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">book</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4502
msgid "Starting an Article"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4504
msgid ""
"The content of the article is contained within the <tag>article</tag> "
"element. As well as containing structural markup, this element can contain "
"elements that include additional information about the article. This is "
"either meta-information, used for reference purposes, or additional content "
"used to produce a title page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4515
msgid "Boilerplate <tag>article</tag> with <tag>info</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4521
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">article</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag><replaceable>Your title here</"
"replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag><replaceable>Your first name</"
"replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag><replaceable>Your surname</"
"replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
"	  <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag><replaceable>Your email address</"
"replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">address</"
"tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag><replaceable>1998</replaceable><tag "
"class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">holder role=\"mailto:<replaceable>your email "
"address</replaceable>\"</tag><replaceable>Your name</replaceable><tag class="
"\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">releaseinfo</tag>$FreeBSD$<tag class="
"\"endtag\">releaseinfo</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><replaceable>Include an abstract of "
"the article's contents here.</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  …\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4557
msgid "Indicating Chapters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4559
msgid ""
"Use <tag>chapter</tag> to mark up your chapters. Each chapter has a "
"mandatory <tag>title</tag>. Articles do not contain chapters, they are "
"reserved for books."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4565
msgid "A Simple Chapter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4567
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>The Chapter's Title<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  ...\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4574
msgid ""
"A chapter cannot be empty; it must contain elements in addition to "
"<tag>title</tag>. If you need to include an empty chapter then just use an "
"empty paragraph."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4580
msgid "Empty Chapters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4582
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>This is An Empty Chapter<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4591
msgid "Sections Below Chapters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4593
msgid ""
"In books, chapters may (but do not need to) be broken up into sections, "
"subsections, and so on. In articles, sections are the main structural "
"element, and each article must contain at least one section. Use the "
"<tag>sect<replaceable>n</replaceable></tag> element. The <replaceable>n</"
"replaceable> indicates the section number, which identifies the section "
"level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4601
msgid ""
"The first <tag>sect<replaceable>n</replaceable></tag> is <tag>sect1</tag>. "
"You can have one or more of these in a chapter. They can contain one or more "
"<tag>sect2</tag> elements, and so on, down to <tag>sect5</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4609
msgid "Sections in Chapters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4611
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>A Sample Chapter<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Some text in the chapter.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>First Section<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    …\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Second Section<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>First Sub-Section<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">sect3</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>First Sub-Sub-Section<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"	…\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">sect3</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Second Sub-Section (1.2.2)<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      …\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:4645
msgid ""
"Section numbers are automatically generated and prepended to titles when the "
"document is rendered to an output format. The generated section numbers and "
"titles from the example above will be:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4652
msgid "1.1. First Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4656
msgid "1.2. Second Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4660
msgid "1.2.1. First Sub-Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4664
msgid "1.2.1.1. First Sub-Sub-Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4668
msgid "1.2.2. Second Sub-Section"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4675
msgid "Subdividing Using <tag>part</tag> Elements"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4678
msgid ""
"<tag>part</tag>s introduce another level of organization between <tag>book</"
"tag> and <tag>chapter</tag> with one or more <tag>part</tag>s. This cannot "
"be done in an <tag>article</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4684
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">part</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Introduction<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Overview<tag class=\"endtag\">title</"
"tag>\n"
"\n"
"    ...\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>What is FreeBSD?<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    ...\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>History<tag class=\"endtag\">title</"
"tag>\n"
"\n"
"    ...\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">part</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4714
msgid ""
"DocBook supports three types of paragraphs: <tag>formalpara</tag>, "
"<tag>para</tag>, and <tag>simpara</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4718
msgid ""
"Almost all paragraphs in FreeBSD documentation use <tag>para</tag>. "
"<tag>formalpara</tag> includes a <tag>title</tag> element, and <tag>simpara</"
"tag> disallows some elements from within <tag>para</tag>. Stick with "
"<tag>para</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4726
msgid "<tag>para</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4730
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is a paragraph.  It can contain just "
"about any\n"
"  other element.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4733 book.translate.xml:4771 book.translate.xml:4848
#: book.translate.xml:4879 book.translate.xml:4938 book.translate.xml:5000
#: book.translate.xml:5075 book.translate.xml:5151 book.translate.xml:5210
#: book.translate.xml:5294 book.translate.xml:5335 book.translate.xml:5444
#: book.translate.xml:5496 book.translate.xml:5525 book.translate.xml:5553
#: book.translate.xml:5601 book.translate.xml:5713 book.translate.xml:5763
#: book.translate.xml:5810 book.translate.xml:5947 book.translate.xml:5995
#: book.translate.xml:6024 book.translate.xml:6045 book.translate.xml:6097
#: book.translate.xml:6143 book.translate.xml:6173 book.translate.xml:6196
#: book.translate.xml:6226 book.translate.xml:6248 book.translate.xml:6700
#: book.translate.xml:6714 book.translate.xml:6729 book.translate.xml:6747
msgid "Appearance:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4735
msgid "This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any other element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4743
msgid ""
"A block quotation is an extended quotation from another document that should "
"not appear within the current paragraph. These are rarely needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4747
msgid ""
"Blockquotes can optionally contain a title and an attribution (or they can "
"be left untitled and unattributed)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4756
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">blockquote</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Preamble to the Constitution of the "
"United States<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">attribution</tag>Copied from a web site "
"somewhere<tag class=\"endtag\">attribution</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>We the People of the United States, in "
"Order to form a more\n"
"    perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility,\n"
"    provide for the common defence, promote the general Welfare, and\n"
"    secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do\n"
"    ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of\n"
"    America.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">blockquote</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4773
msgid "A small excerpt from the US Constitution:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/title
#: book.translate.xml:4776
msgid "Preamble to the Constitution of the United States"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/attribution
#: book.translate.xml:4779
msgid "Copied from a web site somewhere"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
#: book.translate.xml:4782
msgid ""
"We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, "
"establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common "
"defence, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to "
"ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for "
"the United States of America."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4794
msgid "Tips, Notes, Warnings, Cautions, and Important Information"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4797
msgid ""
"Extra information may need to be separated from the main body of the text. "
"Typically this is <quote>meta</quote> information of which the user should "
"be aware."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4802
msgid ""
"Several types of admonitions are available: <tag>tip</tag>, <tag>note</tag>, "
"<tag>warning</tag>, <tag>caution</tag>, and <tag>important</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4807
msgid ""
"Which admonition to choose depends on the situation. The DocBook "
"documentation suggests:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4813
msgid "Note is for information that should be heeded by all readers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4818
msgid "Important is a variation on Note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4822
msgid ""
"Caution is for information regarding possible data loss or software damage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4827
msgid ""
"Warning is for information regarding possible hardware damage or injury to "
"life or limb."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4833
msgid "<tag>tip</tag> and <tag>important</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4837
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">tip</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>&amp;os; may reduce stress.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">tip</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">important</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Please use admonitions sparingly.  Too "
"many admonitions\n"
"    are visually jarring and can have the opposite of the\n"
"    intended effect.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">important</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:4851
msgid "FreeBSD may reduce stress."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:4855
msgid ""
"Please use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions are visually jarring "
"and can have the opposite of the intended effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4864
msgid "Examples can be shown with <tag>example</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4867
msgid "<tag>example</tag> Source"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4871
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">example</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Empty files can be created easily:<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class="
"\"starttag\">userinput</tag>touch file1 file2 file3<tag class="
"\"endtag\">userinput</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">example</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4882
msgid "Rendered <tag>example</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:4884
msgid "Empty files can be created easily:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:4886
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>touch file1 file2 file3</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:4891
msgid "Lists and Procedures"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4893
msgid ""
"Information often needs to be presented as lists, or as a number of steps "
"that must be carried out in order to accomplish a particular goal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4897
msgid ""
"To do this, use <tag>itemizedlist</tag>, <tag>orderedlist</tag>, "
"<tag>variablelist</tag>, or <tag>procedure</tag>. There are other types of "
"list elements in DocBook, but we will not cover them here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4902
msgid ""
"<tag>itemizedlist</tag> and <tag>orderedlist</tag> are similar to their "
"counterparts in <acronym>HTML</acronym>, <tag>ul</tag> and <tag>ol</tag>. "
"Each one consists of one or more <tag>listitem</tag> elements, and each "
"<tag>listitem</tag> contains one or more block elements. The <tag>listitem</"
"tag> elements are analogous to <acronym>HTML</acronym>'s <tag>li</tag> tags. "
"However, unlike HTML, they are required."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4913
msgid "<tag>itemizedlist</tag> and <tag>orderedlist</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4918
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">itemizedlist</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first itemized item.<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the second itemized item.<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">itemizedlist</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">orderedlist</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first ordered item.<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the second ordered item.<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">orderedlist</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4942
msgid "This is the first itemized item."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4946
msgid "This is the second itemized item."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4952
msgid "This is the first ordered item."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:4956
msgid "This is the second ordered item."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#docbook-markup-varlist
#: book.translate.xml:4961
msgid ""
"An alternate and often useful way of presenting information is the "
"<tag>variablelist</tag>. These are lists where each entry has a term and a "
"description. They are well suited for many types of descriptions, and "
"present information in a form that is often easier for the reader than "
"sections and subsections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:4969
msgid ""
"A <tag>variablelist</tag> has a <tag>title</tag>, and then pairs of "
"<tag>term</tag> and <tag>listitem</tag> entries."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:4974
msgid "<tag>variablelist</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:4978
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">variablelist</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">term</tag>Parallel<tag class=\"endtag\">term</"
"tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>In parallel communications, groups "
"of bits arrive\n"
"	at the same time over multiple communications\n"
"	channels.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">term</tag>Serial<tag class=\"endtag\">term</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>In serial communications, bits "
"arrive one at a\n"
"	time over a single communications\n"
"	channel.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">variablelist</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5004
msgid "Parallel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5007
msgid ""
"In parallel communications, groups of bits arrive at the same time over "
"multiple communications channels."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5014
msgid "Serial"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5017
msgid ""
"In serial communications, bits arrive one at a time over a single "
"communications channel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5024
msgid ""
"A <tag>procedure</tag> shows a series of <tag>step</tag>s, which may in turn "
"consist of more <tag>step</tag>s or <tag>substep</tag>s. Each <tag>step</"
"tag> contains block elements and may include an optional title."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5029
msgid ""
"Sometimes, steps are not sequential, but present a choice: do "
"<emphasis>this</emphasis> or do <emphasis>that</emphasis>, but not both. For "
"these alternative choices, use <tag>stepalternatives</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5035
msgid "<tag>procedure</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5039
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">procedure</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Do this.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</"
"tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Then do this.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">substeps</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>And now do this smaller thing.<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>And now do this other smaller "
"thing.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">substeps</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Finally, do one of these:<tag class="
"\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">stepalternatives</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Go left.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Go right.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">stepalternatives</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">procedure</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:5079
msgid "Do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:5083
msgid "Then do this."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:5089
msgid "And now do this small thing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:5093
msgid "And this other small thing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:5099
msgid "Finally, do one of these:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:5103
msgid "Go left."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:5107
msgid "Go right."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5116
msgid "Showing File Samples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5118
msgid ""
"Fragments of a file (or perhaps a complete file) are shown by wrapping them "
"in the <tag>programlisting</tag> element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5122
msgid ""
"White space and line breaks within <tag>programlisting</tag> <emphasis>are</"
"emphasis> significant. In particular, this means that the opening tag should "
"appear on the same line as the first line of the output, and the closing tag "
"should appear on the same line as the last line of the output, otherwise "
"spurious blank lines may be included."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5131
msgid "<tag>programlisting</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5135
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>When finished, the program will look like\n"
"  this:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>#include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt;\n"
"\n"
"int\n"
"main(void)\n"
"{\n"
"    printf(\"hello, world\\n\");\n"
"    return 0;\n"
"}<tag class=\"endtag\">programlisting</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5147
msgid ""
"Notice how the angle brackets in the <literal>#include</literal> line need "
"to be referenced by their entities instead of being included literally."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5153 book.translate.xml:5212
msgid "When finished, the program will look like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5155
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#include &lt;stdio.h&gt;\n"
"\n"
"int\n"
"main(void)\n"
"{\n"
"    printf(\"hello, world\\n\");\n"
"    return 0;\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5167
msgid "Callouts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5169
msgid ""
"A callout is a visual marker for referring to a piece of text or specific "
"position within an example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5173
msgid ""
"Callouts are marked with the <tag>co</tag> element. Each element must have a "
"unique <literal>id</literal> assigned to it. After the example, include a "
"<tag>calloutlist</tag> that describes each callout."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5180
msgid "<tag>co</tag> and <tag>calloutlist</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5183
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>When finished, the program will look like\n"
"  this:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>#include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt; "
"<tag class=\"emptytag\">co xml:id=\"co-ex-include\"</tag>\n"
"\n"
"int <tag class=\"emptytag\">co xml:id=\"co-ex-return\"</tag>\n"
"main(void)\n"
"{\n"
"    printf(\"hello, world\\n\"); <tag class=\"emptytag\">co xml:id=\"co-ex-"
"printf\"</tag>\n"
"}<tag class=\"endtag\">programlisting</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">calloutlist</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">callout arearefs=\"co-ex-include\"</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Includes the standard IO header file."
"<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">callout</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">callout arearefs=\"co-ex-return\"</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Specifies that <tag class="
"\"starttag\">function</tag>main()<tag class=\"endtag\">function</tag> "
"returns an\n"
"      int.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">callout</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">callout arearefs=\"co-ex-printf\"</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">function</"
"tag>printf()<tag class=\"endtag\">function</tag> call that writes\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>hello, world<tag class="
"\"endtag\">literal</tag> to standard output.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">callout</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">calloutlist</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5214
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#include &lt;stdio.h&gt; <co xml:id=\"co-ex-include\"/>\n"
"\n"
"int <co xml:id=\"co-ex-return\"/>\n"
"main(void)\n"
"{\n"
"    printf(\"hello, world\\n\"); <co xml:id=\"co-ex-printf\"/>\n"
"}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:5224
msgid "Includes the standard IO header file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:5228
msgid "Specifies that <function>main()</function> returns an int."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:5233
msgid ""
"The <function>printf()</function> call that writes <literal>hello, world</"
"literal> to standard output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5244
msgid ""
"Unlike <acronym>HTML</acronym>, DocBook does not need tables for layout "
"purposes, as the stylesheet handles those issues. Instead, just use tables "
"for marking up tabular data."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5249
msgid ""
"In general terms (and see the DocBook documentation for more detail) a table "
"(which can be either formal or informal) consists of a <tag>table</tag> "
"element. This contains at least one <tag>tgroup</tag> element, which "
"specifies (as an attribute) the number of columns in this table group. "
"Within the tablegroup there is one <tag>thead</tag> element, which contains "
"elements for the table headings (column headings), and one <tag>tbody</tag> "
"which contains the body of the table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5260
msgid ""
"Both <tag>tgroup</tag> and <tag>thead</tag> contain <tag>row</tag> elements, "
"which in turn contain <tag>entry</tag> elements. Each <tag>entry</tag> "
"element specifies one cell in the table."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5267
msgid "<tag>informaltable</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5271
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">informaltable pgwide=\"1\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">tgroup cols=\"2\"</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">thead</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">row</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>This is Column Head 1<tag class="
"\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>This is Column Head 2<tag class="
"\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">row</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">thead</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">tbody</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">row</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 1, column 1<tag class="
"\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 1, column 2<tag class="
"\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">row</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">row</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 2, column 1<tag class="
"\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 2, column 2<tag class="
"\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">row</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">tbody</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">tgroup</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">informaltable</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:5300 book.translate.xml:5341
msgid "This is Column Head 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:5301 book.translate.xml:5342
msgid "This is Column Head 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:5307 book.translate.xml:5348
msgid "Row 1, column 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:5308 book.translate.xml:5349
msgid "Row 1, column 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:5312 book.translate.xml:5353
msgid "Row 2, column 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:5313 book.translate.xml:5354
msgid "Row 2, column 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5320
msgid ""
"Always use the <literal>pgwide</literal> attribute with a value of "
"<literal>1</literal> with the <tag>informaltable</tag> element. A bug in "
"Internet Explorer can cause the table to render incorrectly if this is "
"omitted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5326
msgid ""
"Table borders can be suppressed by setting the <literal>frame</literal> "
"attribute to <literal>none</literal> in the <tag>informaltable</tag> element."
" For example, <literal>informaltable frame=\"none\"</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5332
msgid "Table with <literal>frame=\"none\"</literal> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5363
msgid "Examples for the User to Follow"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5365
msgid ""
"Examples for the user to follow are often necessary. Typically, these will "
"consist of dialogs with the computer; the user types in a command, the user "
"gets a response back, the user types another command, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5370
msgid "A number of distinct elements and entities come into play here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5375
msgid "<tag>screen</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5378
msgid ""
"Everything the user sees in this example will be on the computer screen, so "
"the next element is <tag>screen</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5382
msgid "Within <tag>screen</tag>, white space is significant."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5388
msgid ""
"<tag>prompt</tag>, <literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> and "
"<literal>&amp;prompt.user;</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5393
msgid ""
"Some of the things the user will be seeing on the screen are prompts from "
"the computer (either from the operating system, command shell, or "
"application). These should be marked up using <tag>prompt</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5399
msgid ""
"As a special case, the two shell prompts for the normal user and the root "
"user have been provided as entities. To indicate the user is at a shell "
"prompt, use one of <literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> and "
"<literal>&amp;prompt.user;</literal> as necessary. They do not need to be "
"inside <tag>prompt</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5408
msgid ""
"<literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> and <literal>&amp;prompt.user;</"
"literal> are FreeBSD extensions to DocBook, and are not part of the original "
"<acronym>DTD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5417
msgid "<tag>userinput</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5420
msgid ""
"When displaying text that the user should type in, wrap it in "
"<tag>userinput</tag> tags. It will be displayed differently than system "
"output text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5428
msgid "<tag>screen</tag>, <tag>prompt</tag>, and <tag>userinput</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5433
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class="
"\"starttag\">userinput</tag>ls -1<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
"foo1\n"
"foo2\n"
"foo3\n"
"&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>ls -1 | grep "
"foo2<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
"foo2\n"
"&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>su<tag class="
"\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">prompt</tag>Password: <tag class=\"endtag\">prompt</"
"tag>\n"
"&amp;prompt.root; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>cat foo2<tag class="
"\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
"This is the file called 'foo2'<tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/screen
#: book.translate.xml:5446
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -1</userinput>\n"
"foo1\n"
"foo2\n"
"foo3\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -1 | grep foo2</userinput>\n"
"foo2\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>Password: </prompt>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat foo2</userinput>\n"
"This is the file called 'foo2'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5459
msgid ""
"Even though we are displaying the contents of the file <filename>foo2</"
"filename>, it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked up as <tag>programlisting</"
"tag>. Reserve <tag>programlisting</tag> for showing fragments of files "
"outside the context of user actions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5474
msgid ""
"To emphasize a particular word or phrase, use <tag>emphasis</tag>. This may "
"be presented as italic, or bold, or might be spoken differently with a text-"
"to-speech system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5479
msgid ""
"There is no way to change the presentation of the emphasis within the "
"document, no equivalent of <acronym>HTML</acronym>'s <tag>b</tag> and "
"<tag>i</tag>. If the information being presented is important, then consider "
"presenting it in <tag>important</tag> rather than <tag>emphasis</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5488
msgid "<tag>emphasis</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5492
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>&amp;os; is without doubt <tag class="
"\"starttag\">emphasis</tag>the<tag class=\"endtag\">emphasis</tag>\n"
"  premiere &amp;unix;-like operating system for the Intel\n"
"  architecture.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5498
msgid ""
"FreeBSD is without doubt <emphasis>the</emphasis> premiere <trademark class="
"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating system for the Intel "
"architecture."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5505 book.translate.xml:9231
msgid "Acronyms"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5507
msgid ""
"Many computer terms are <emphasis>acronyms</emphasis>, words formed from the "
"first letter of each word in a phrase. Acronyms are marked up into "
"<tag>acronym</tag> elements. It is helpful to the reader when an acronym is "
"defined on the first use, as shown in the example below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5515
msgid "<tag>acronym</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5519
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Request For Comments (<tag class="
"\"starttag\">acronym</tag>RFC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag>) 1149\n"
"  defined the use of avian carriers for transmission of\n"
"  Internet Protocol (<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>IP<tag class="
"\"endtag\">acronym</tag>) data.  The\n"
"  quantity of <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>IP<tag class="
"\"endtag\">acronym</tag> data currently\n"
"  transmitted in that manner is unknown.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5527
msgid ""
"Request For Comments (<acronym>RFC</acronym>) 1149 defined the use of avian "
"carriers for transmission of Internet Protocol (<acronym>IP</acronym>) data. "
"The quantity of <acronym>IP</acronym> data currently transmitted in that "
"manner is unknown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5536
msgid "Quotations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5538
msgid ""
"To quote text from another document or source, or to denote a phrase that is "
"used figuratively, use <tag>quote</tag>. Most of the markup tags available "
"for normal text are also available from within a <tag>quote</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5545
msgid "<tag>quote</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5549
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>However, make sure that the search does "
"not go beyond the\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">quote</tag>boundary between local and public "
"administration<tag class=\"endtag\">quote</tag>,\n"
"  as <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>RFC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</"
"tag> 1535 calls it.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5555
msgid ""
"However, make sure that the search does not go beyond the <quote>boundary "
"between local and public administration</quote>, as <acronym>RFC</acronym> "
"1535 calls it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5563
msgid "Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5565
msgid ""
"To refer to a specific key on the keyboard, use <tag>keycap</tag>. To refer "
"to a mouse button, use <tag>mousebutton</tag>. And to refer to combinations "
"of key presses or mouse clicks, wrap them all in <tag>keycombo</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5571
msgid ""
"<tag>keycombo</tag> has an attribute called <literal>action</literal>, which "
"may be one of <literal>click</literal>, <literal>double-click</literal>, "
"<literal>other</literal>, <literal>press</literal>, <literal>seq</literal>, "
"or <literal>simul</literal>. The last two values denote whether the keys or "
"buttons should be pressed in sequence, or simultaneously."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5579
msgid ""
"The stylesheets automatically add any connecting symbols, such as "
"<literal>+</literal>, between the key names, when wrapped in <tag>keycombo</"
"tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5584
msgid "Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5588
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To switch to the second virtual terminal, "
"press\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">keycombo action=\"simul\"</tag><tag class="
"\"starttag\">keycap</tag>Alt<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>F1<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</"
"tag><tag class=\"endtag\">keycombo</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To exit <tag class=\"starttag\">command</"
"tag>vi<tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag> without saving changes, type\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">keycombo action=\"seq\"</tag><tag class="
"\"starttag\">keycap</tag>Esc<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag><tag class="
"\"starttag\">keycap</tag>:<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>q<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</"
"tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>!<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</"
"tag><tag class=\"endtag\">keycombo</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>My window manager is configured so that\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">keycombo action=\"simul\"</tag><tag class="
"\"starttag\">keycap</tag>Alt<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">mousebutton</tag>right<tag class="
"\"endtag\">mousebutton</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">keycombo</tag> mouse button is used to move windows."
"<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5603
msgid ""
"To switch to the second virtual terminal, press <keycombo action="
"\"simul\"><keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5607
msgid ""
"To exit <command>vi</command> without saving changes, type <keycombo action="
"\"seq\"> <keycap>Esc</keycap> <keycap>:</keycap> <keycap>q</keycap> "
"<keycap>!</keycap></keycombo>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5614
msgid ""
"My window manager is configured so that <keycombo action=\"simul\"> "
"<keycap>Alt</keycap> <mousebutton>right</mousebutton></keycombo> mouse "
"button is used to move windows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5623
msgid "Applications, Commands, Options, and Cites"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5625
msgid ""
"Both applications and commands are frequently referred to when writing "
"documentation. The distinction between them is that an application is the "
"name of a program or suite of programs that fulfill a particular task. A "
"command is the filename of a program that the user can type and run at a "
"command line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5632
msgid ""
"It is often necessary to show some of the options that a command might take."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5635
msgid ""
"Finally, it is often useful to list a command with its manual section "
"number, in the <quote>command(number)</quote> format so common in Unix "
"manuals."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5639
msgid "Mark up application names with <tag>application</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5642
msgid ""
"To list a command with its manual section number (which should be most of "
"the time) the DocBook element is <tag>citerefentry</tag>. This will contain "
"a further two elements, <tag>refentrytitle</tag> and <tag>manvolnum</tag>. "
"The content of <tag>refentrytitle</tag> is the name of the command, and the "
"content of <tag>manvolnum</tag> is the manual page section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5652
msgid ""
"This can be cumbersome to write, and so a series of <link linkend=\"xml-"
"primer-general-entities\">general entities</link> have been created to make "
"this easier. Each entity takes the form <literal>&amp;man."
"<replaceable>manual-page</replaceable>.<replaceable>manual-section</"
"replaceable>;</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5658
msgid ""
"The file that contains these entities is in <filename>doc/share/xml/man-refs."
"ent</filename>, and can be referred to using this <acronym>FPI</acronym>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5662
#, no-wrap
msgid "PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5664
msgid ""
"Therefore, the introduction to FreeBSD documentation will usually include "
"this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5667
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.1-Based Extension//"
"EN\" [\n"
"\n"
"&lt;!ENTITY % man PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities/"
"/EN\"&gt;\n"
"%man;\n"
"\n"
"…\n"
"\n"
"]&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5676
msgid ""
"Use <tag>command</tag> to include a command name <quote>in-line</quote> but "
"present it as something the user should type."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5680
msgid ""
"Use <tag>option</tag> to mark up the options which will be passed to a "
"command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5683
msgid ""
"When referring to the same command multiple times in close proximity, it is "
"preferred to use the <literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>."
"<replaceable>section</replaceable>;</literal> notation to markup the first "
"reference and use <tag>command</tag> to markup subsequent references. This "
"makes the generated output, especially <acronym>HTML</acronym>, appear "
"visually better."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5692
msgid "Applications, Commands, and Options Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5696
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">application</"
"tag>Sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">application</tag> is the most\n"
"  widely used Unix mail application.<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">application</"
"tag>Sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">application</tag> includes the\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">citerefentry</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">refentrytitle</tag>sendmail<tag class="
"\"endtag\">refentrytitle</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">manvolnum</tag>8<tag class=\"endtag\">manvolnum</"
"tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">citerefentry</tag>, &amp;man.mailq.1;, and &amp;man."
"newaliases.1;\n"
"  programs.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>One of the command line parameters to <tag "
"class=\"starttag\">citerefentry</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">refentrytitle</tag>sendmail<tag class="
"\"endtag\">refentrytitle</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">manvolnum</tag>8<tag class=\"endtag\">manvolnum</"
"tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">citerefentry</tag>, <tag class=\"starttag\">option</"
"tag>-bp<tag class=\"endtag\">option</tag>, will display the current\n"
"  status of messages in the mail queue.  Check this on the command\n"
"  line by running <tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>sendmail -bp<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">command</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5715
msgid ""
"<application>Sendmail</application> is the most widely used Unix mail "
"application."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5718
msgid ""
"<application>Sendmail</application> includes the <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mailq</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newaliases</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5725
msgid ""
"One of the command line parameters to <citerefentry> "
"<refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
"citerefentry>, <option>-bp</option>, will display the current status of "
"messages in the mail queue. Check this on the command line by running "
"<command>sendmail -bp</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5736
msgid ""
"Notice how the <literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>."
"<replaceable>section</replaceable>;</literal> notation is easier to follow."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5743
msgid "Files, Directories, Extensions, Device Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5745
msgid ""
"To refer to the name of a file, a directory, a file extension, or a device "
"name, use <tag>filename</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5749
msgid "<tag>filename</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5753
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The source for the Handbook in English is "
"found in\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>/usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
"handbook/<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>.\n"
"  The main file is called <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>book.xml<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>.\n"
"  There is also a <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>Makefile<tag class="
"\"endtag\">filename</tag> and a\n"
"  number of files with a <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>.ent<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> extension.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">filename</"
"tag>kbd0<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> is the first keyboard detected\n"
"  by the system, and appears in\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>/dev<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</"
"tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5765
msgid ""
"The source for the Handbook in English is found in <filename>/usr/doc/en_US."
"ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename>. The main file is called <filename>book."
"xml</filename>. There is also a <filename>Makefile</filename> and a number "
"of files with a <filename>.ent</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5771
msgid ""
"<filename>kbd0</filename> is the first keyboard detected by the system, and "
"appears in <filename>/dev</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5778
msgid "The Name of Ports"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/title
#: book.translate.xml:5781 book.translate.xml:5825 book.translate.xml:6057
msgid "FreeBSD Extension"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:5783 book.translate.xml:5827 book.translate.xml:6059
msgid ""
"These elements are part of the FreeBSD extension to DocBook, and do not "
"exist in the original DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5788
msgid ""
"To include the name of a program from the FreeBSD Ports Collection in the "
"document, use the <tag>package</tag> tag. Since the Ports Collection can be "
"installed in any number of locations, only include the category and the port "
"name; do not include <filename>/usr/ports</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5794
msgid ""
"By default, <tag>package</tag> refers to a binary package. To refer to a "
"port that will be built from source, set the <literal>role</literal> "
"attribute to <literal>port</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5800
msgid "<tag>package</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5804
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Install the <tag class="
"\"starttag\">package</tag>net/wireshark<tag class=\"endtag\">package</tag> "
"binary\n"
"  package to view network traffic.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">package role="
"\"port\"</tag>net/wireshark<tag class=\"endtag\">package</tag> can also be\n"
"  built and installed from the Ports Collection.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</"
"tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5812
msgid ""
"Install the <package>net/wireshark</package> binary package to view network "
"traffic."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5815
msgid ""
"<package role=\"port\">net/wireshark</package> can also be built and "
"installed from the Ports Collection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5821
msgid ""
"Hosts, Domains, IP Addresses, User Names, Group Names, and Other System "
"Items"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5832
msgid ""
"Information for <quote>system items</quote> is marked up with "
"<tag>systemitem</tag>. The <literal>class</literal> attribute is used to "
"identify the particular type of information shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5839
msgid "<literal>class=\"domainname\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5842
msgid ""
"The text is a domain name, such as <literal>FreeBSD.org</literal> or "
"<literal>ngo.org.uk</literal>. There is no hostname component."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5850
msgid "<literal>class=\"etheraddress\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5853
msgid ""
"The text is an Ethernet <acronym>MAC</acronym> address, expressed as a "
"series of 2 digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5860
msgid "<literal>class=\"fqdomainname\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5863
msgid ""
"The text is a Fully Qualified Domain Name, with both hostname and domain "
"name parts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5869
msgid "<literal>class=\"ipaddress\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5872
msgid ""
"The text is an <acronym>IP</acronym> address, probably expressed as a dotted "
"quad."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5878
msgid "<literal>class=\"netmask\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5881
msgid ""
"The text is a network mask, which might be expressed as a dotted quad, a "
"hexadecimal string, or as a <literal>/</literal> followed by a number "
"(<acronym>CIDR</acronym> notation)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5889
msgid "<literal>class=\"systemname\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5892
msgid ""
"With <literal>class=\"systemname\"</literal> the marked up information is "
"the simple hostname, such as <literal>freefall</literal> or "
"<literal>wcarchive</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5900
msgid "<literal>class=\"username\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5903
msgid "The text is a username, like <literal>root</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:5909
msgid "<literal>class=\"groupname\"</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:5912
msgid "The text is a groupname, like <literal>wheel</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5919
msgid "<tag>systemitem</tag> and Classes Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5923
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The local machine can always be referred "
"to by the\n"
"  name <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"systemname\"</"
"tag>localhost<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>, which will have the IP\n"
"  address <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"ipaddress\"</tag>127.0."
"0.1<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem "
"class=\"domainname\"</tag>FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>\n"
"  domain contains a number of different hosts, including\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\"</tag>freefall."
"FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag> and\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\"</tag>bento."
"FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>When adding an <tag class="
"\"starttag\">acronym</tag>IP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> alias to an\n"
"  interface (using <tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>ifconfig<tag class="
"\"endtag\">command</tag>)\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">emphasis</tag>always<tag class="
"\"endtag\">emphasis</tag> use a netmask of\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"netmask\"</tag>255.255.255."
"255<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag> (which can\n"
"  also be expressed as\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"netmask\"</tag>0xffffffff<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>).<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</"
"tag>MAC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> address uniquely identifies\n"
"  every network card in existence.  A typical\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>MAC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</"
"tag> address looks like\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"etheraddress\"</tag>08:00:20:87:"
"ef:d0<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To carry out most system administration "
"functions\n"
"  requires logging in as <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class="
"\"username\"</tag>root<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5949
msgid ""
"The local machine can always be referred to by the name "
"<systemitem>localhost</systemitem>, which will have the IP address "
"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.1</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5954
msgid ""
"The <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">FreeBSD.org</systemitem> domain "
"contains a number of different hosts, including <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">freefall.FreeBSD.org</systemitem> and <systemitem class="
"\"fqdomainname\">bento.FreeBSD.org</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5960
msgid ""
"When adding an <acronym>IP</acronym> alias to an interface (using "
"<command>ifconfig</command>) <emphasis>always</emphasis> use a netmask of "
"<systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.255</systemitem> (which can also "
"be expressed as <systemitem class=\"netmask\">0xffffffff</systemitem>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5967
msgid ""
"The <acronym>MAC</acronym> address uniquely identifies every network card in "
"existence. A typical <acronym>MAC</acronym> address looks like <systemitem "
"class=\"etheraddress\">08:00:20:87:ef:d0</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5971
msgid ""
"To carry out most system administration functions requires logging in as "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:5978
msgid "Uniform Resource Identifiers (<acronym>URI</acronym>s)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:5981
msgid ""
"Occasionally it is useful to show a Uniform Resource Identifier "
"(<acronym>URI</acronym>) without making it an active hyperlink. The "
"<tag>uri</tag> element makes this possible:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:5987
msgid "<tag>uri</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:5991
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This <acronym>URL</acronym> shows only as "
"text:\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">uri</tag>https://www.FreeBSD.org<tag class="
"\"endtag\">uri</tag>.  It does not\n"
"  create a link.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:5997
msgid ""
"This <acronym>URL</acronym> shows only as text: <uri>https://www.FreeBSD."
"org</uri>. It does not create a link."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6002
msgid "To create links, see <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup-links\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6007
msgid "Email Addresses"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6009
msgid ""
"Email addresses are marked up as <tag>email</tag> elements. In the "
"<acronym>HTML</acronym> output format, the wrapped text becomes a hyperlink "
"to the email address. Other output formats that support hyperlinks may also "
"make the email address into a link."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6016
msgid "<tag>email</tag> with a Hyperlink Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6020
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>An email address that does not actually "
"exist, like\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>notreal@example.com<tag class="
"\"endtag\">email</tag>, can be used as an\n"
"  example.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6026
msgid ""
"An email address that does not actually exist, like <email>notreal@example."
"com</email>, can be used as an example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6031
msgid ""
"A FreeBSD-specific extension allows setting the <literal>role</literal> "
"attribute to <literal>nolink</literal> to prevent the creation of the "
"hyperlink to the email address."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6037
msgid "<tag>email</tag> Without a Hyperlink Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6041
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Sometimes a link to an email address like\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">email role=\"nolink\"</tag>notreal@example.com<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">email</tag> is not\n"
"  desired.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6047
msgid ""
"Sometimes a link to an email address like <email role="
"\"nolink\">notreal@example.com</email> is not desired."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6054
msgid "Describing <filename>Makefile</filename>s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6064
msgid ""
"Two elements exist to describe parts of <filename>Makefile</filename>s, "
"<tag>buildtarget</tag> and <tag>varname</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6068
msgid ""
"<tag>buildtarget</tag> identifies a build target exported by a "
"<filename>Makefile</filename> that can be given as a parameter to "
"<command>make</command>. <tag>varname</tag> identifies a variable that can "
"be set (in the environment, on the command line with <command>make</"
"command>, or within the <filename>Makefile</filename>) to influence the "
"process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6078
msgid "<tag>buildtarget</tag> and <tag>varname</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6083
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Two common targets in a <tag class="
"\"starttag\">filename</tag>Makefile<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>\n"
"  are <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>all<tag class="
"\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> and\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>clean<tag class="
"\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Typically, invoking <tag class="
"\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>all<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> "
"will\n"
"  rebuild the application, and invoking\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>clean<tag class="
"\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> will remove the temporary\n"
"  files (<tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>.o<tag class="
"\"endtag\">filename</tag> for example) created by the\n"
"  build process.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</"
"tag>clean<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> may be controlled by a\n"
"  number of variables, including <tag class=\"starttag\">varname</"
"tag>CLOBBER<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</tag>\n"
"  and <tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>RECURSE<tag class="
"\"endtag\">varname</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
#: book.translate.xml:6100 book.translate.xml:6103
msgid "all"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6099
msgid ""
"Two common targets in a <filename>Makefile</filename> are <_:buildtarget-1/> "
"and <_:buildtarget-2/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6103
msgid ""
"Typically, invoking <_:buildtarget-1/> will rebuild the application, and "
"invoking <_:buildtarget-2/> will remove the temporary files (<filename>.o</"
"filename> for example) created by the build process."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6109
msgid ""
"<_:buildtarget-1/> may be controlled by a number of variables, including "
"<varname>CLOBBER</varname> and <varname>RECURSE</varname>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6116
msgid "Literal Text"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6118
msgid ""
"Literal text, or text which should be entered verbatim, is often needed in "
"documentation. This is text that is excerpted from another file, or which "
"should be copied exactly as shown from the documentation into another file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6123
msgid ""
"Some of the time, <tag>programlisting</tag> will be sufficient to denote "
"this text. But <tag>programlisting</tag> is not always appropriate, "
"particularly when you want to include a portion of a file <quote>in-line</"
"quote> with the rest of the paragraph."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6130
msgid "On these occasions, use <tag>literal</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6134
msgid "<tag>literal</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6138
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</"
"tag>maxusers 10<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> line in the kernel\n"
"  configuration file determines the size of many system tables, and is\n"
"  a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will\n"
"  support.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6145
msgid ""
"The <literal>maxusers 10</literal> line in the kernel configuration file "
"determines the size of many system tables, and is a rough guide to how many "
"simultaneous logins the system will support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6153
msgid "Showing Items That the User <emphasis>Must</emphasis> Fill In"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6156
msgid ""
"There will often be times when the user is shown what to do, or referred to "
"a file or command line, but cannot simply copy the example provided. "
"Instead, they must supply some information themselves."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6161
msgid ""
"<tag>replaceable</tag> is designed for this eventuality. Use it "
"<emphasis>inside</emphasis> other elements to indicate parts of that "
"element's content that the user must replace."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6167
msgid "<tag>replaceable</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6171
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class="
"\"starttag\">userinput</tag>man <tag class=\"starttag\">replaceable</"
"tag>command<tag class=\"endtag\">replaceable</tag><tag class="
"\"endtag\">userinput</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6176
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6179
msgid ""
"<tag>replaceable</tag> can be used in many different elements, including "
"<tag>literal</tag>. This example also shows that <tag>replaceable</tag> "
"should only be wrapped around the content that the user <emphasis>is</"
"emphasis> meant to provide. The other content should be left alone."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6188
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</"
"tag>maxusers <tag class=\"starttag\">replaceable</tag>n<tag class="
"\"endtag\">replaceable</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag>\n"
"  line in the kernel configuration file determines the size of many system\n"
"  tables, and is a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system "
"will\n"
"  support.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>For a desktop workstation, <tag class="
"\"starttag\">literal</tag>32<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> is a good "
"value\n"
"  for <tag class=\"starttag\">replaceable</tag>n<tag class="
"\"endtag\">replaceable</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6198
msgid ""
"The <literal>maxusers <replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> line in the "
"kernel configuration file determines the size of many system tables, and is "
"a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6204
msgid ""
"For a desktop workstation, <literal>32</literal> is a good value for "
"<replaceable>n</replaceable>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6210
msgid "Showing <acronym>GUI</acronym> Buttons"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6212
msgid ""
"Buttons presented by a graphical user interface are marked with "
"<tag>guibutton</tag>. To make the text look more like a graphical button, "
"brackets and non-breaking spaces are added surrounding the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6218
msgid "<tag>guibutton</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6222
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Edit the file, then click\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">guibutton</tag>[&amp;nbsp;Save&amp;nbsp;]<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">guibutton</tag> to save the\n"
"  changes.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6228
msgid ""
"Edit the file, then click <guibutton>[ Save ]</guibutton> to save the "
"changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6235
msgid "Quoting System Errors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6237
msgid ""
"System errors generated by FreeBSD are marked with <tag>errorname</tag>. "
"This indicates the exact error that appears."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6242
msgid "<tag>errorname</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6246
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">errorname</"
"tag>Panic: cannot mount root<tag class=\"endtag\">errorname</tag><tag class="
"\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6251
#, no-wrap
msgid "<errorname>Panic: cannot mount root</errorname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:6258
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:6261
msgid ""
"Image support in the documentation is somewhat experimental. The mechanisms "
"described here are unlikely to change, but that is not guaranteed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:6265
msgid ""
"To provide conversion between different image formats, the <package>graphics/"
"ImageMagick</package> port must be installed. This port is not included in "
"the <package>textproc/docproj</package> meta port, and must be installed "
"separately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:6271
msgid ""
"A good example of the use of images is the <filename>doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"articles/vm-design/</filename> document. Examine the files in that directory "
"to see how these elements are used together. Build different output formats "
"to see how the format determines what images are shown in the rendered "
"document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6280
msgid "Image Formats"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6282
msgid ""
"The following image formats are currently supported. An image file will "
"automatically be converted to bitmap or vector image depending on the output "
"document format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6286
msgid ""
"These are the <emphasis>only</emphasis> formats in which images should be "
"committed to the documentation repository."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6292
msgid "<acronym>EPS</acronym> (Encapsulated Postscript)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6296
msgid ""
"Images that are primarily vector based, such as network diagrams, time "
"lines, and similar, should be in this format. These images have a <filename>."
"eps</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6304
msgid "<acronym>PNG</acronym> (Portable Network Graphic)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6308
msgid ""
"For bitmaps, such as screen captures, use this format. These images have the "
"<filename>.png</filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6315
msgid "<acronym>PIC</acronym> (PIC graphics language)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6318
msgid ""
"<acronym>PIC</acronym> is a language for drawing simple vector-based figures "
"used in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pic</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> utility. These images have the <filename>.pic</"
"filename> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:6326
msgid "<acronym>SCR</acronym> (SCReen capture)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6329
msgid ""
"This format is specific to screenshots of console output. The following "
"command generates an SCR file <filename>shot.scr</filename> from video "
"buffer of <filename>/dev/ttyv0</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6334
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput><command>vidcontrol -p</command> &lt; "
"<filename><replaceable>/dev/ttyv0</replaceable></filename> &gt; "
"<filename><replaceable>shot.scr</replaceable></filename></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6336
msgid ""
"This is preferable to <acronym>PNG</acronym> format for screenshots because "
"the <acronym>SCR</acronym> file contains plain text of the command lines so "
"that it can be converted to a <acronym>PNG</acronym> image or a plain text "
"depending on the output document format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6346
msgid ""
"Use the appropriate format for each image. Documentation will often have a "
"mix of <acronym>EPS</acronym> and <acronym>PNG</acronym> images. The "
"<filename>Makefile</filename>s ensure that the correct format image is "
"chosen depending on the output format used. <emphasis>Do not commit the same "
"image to the repository in two different formats</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: important/para
#: book.translate.xml:6355
msgid ""
"The Documentation Project may eventually switch to using the <acronym>SVG</"
"acronym> (Scalable Vector Graphic) format for vector images. However, the "
"current state of <acronym>SVG</acronym> capable editing tools makes this "
"impractical."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6364
msgid "Image File Locations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6366
msgid ""
"Image files can be stored in one of several locations, depending on the "
"document and image:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6371
msgid ""
"In the same directory as the document itself, usually done for articles and "
"small books that keep all their files in a single directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6377
msgid ""
"In a subdirectory of the main document. Typically done when a large book "
"uses separate subdirectories to organize individual chapters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6381
msgid ""
"When images are stored in a subdirectory of the main document directory, the "
"subdirectory name must be included in their paths in the <filename>Makefile</"
"filename> and the <tag>imagedata</tag> element."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:6389
msgid ""
"In a subdirectory of <filename>doc/share/images</filename> named after the "
"document. For example, images for the Handbook are stored in <filename>doc/"
"share/images/books/handbook</filename>. Images that work for multiple "
"translations are stored in this upper level of the documentation file tree. "
"Generally, these are images that can be used unchanged in non-English "
"translations of the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6402
msgid "Image Markup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6404
msgid ""
"Images are included as part of a <tag>mediaobject</tag>. The "
"<tag>mediaobject</tag> can contain other, more specific objects. We are "
"concerned with two, the <tag>imageobject</tag> and the <tag>textobject</tag>."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6409
msgid ""
"Include one <tag>imageobject</tag>, and two <tag>textobject</tag> elements. "
"The <tag>imageobject</tag> will point to the name of the image file without "
"the extension. The <tag>textobject</tag> elements contain information that "
"will be presented to the user as well as, or instead of, the image itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6416
msgid ""
"Text elements are shown to the reader in several situations. When the "
"document is viewed in <acronym>HTML</acronym>, text elements are shown while "
"the image is loading, or if the mouse pointer is hovered over the image, or "
"if a text-only browser is being used. In formats like plain text where "
"graphics are not possible, the text elements are shown instead of the "
"graphical ones."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6424
msgid ""
"This example shows how to include an image called <filename>fig1.png</"
"filename> in a document. The image is a rectangle with an A inside it:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6428
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">mediaobject</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"emptytag\">imagedata fileref=\"fig1\"</tag> <co xml:id=\"co-"
"image-ext\"/>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">textobject</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">literallayout class=\"monospaced\"</tag>+--------"
"-------+ <co xml:id=\"co-image-literal\"/>\n"
"|       A       |\n"
"+---------------+<tag class=\"endtag\">literallayout</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">textobject</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">textobject</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">phrase</tag>A picture<tag class="
"\"endtag\">phrase</tag> <co xml:id=\"co-image-phrase\"/>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">textobject</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">mediaobject</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:6446
msgid ""
"Include an <tag>imagedata</tag> element inside the <tag>imageobject</tag> "
"element. The <literal>fileref</literal> attribute should contain the "
"filename of the image to include, without the extension. The stylesheets "
"will work out which extension should be added to the filename automatically."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:6456
msgid ""
"The first <tag>textobject</tag> contains a <tag>literallayout</tag> element, "
"where the <literal>class</literal> attribute is set to <literal>monospaced</"
"literal>. This is an opportunity to demonstrate <acronym>ASCII</acronym> art "
"skills. This content will be used if the document is converted to plain text."
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:6464
msgid ""
"Notice how the first and last lines of the content of the "
"<tag>literallayout</tag> element butt up next to the element's tags. This "
"ensures no extraneous white space is included."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:6471
msgid ""
"The second <tag>textobject</tag> contains a single <tag>phrase</tag> element."
" The contents of this phrase will become the <literal>alt</literal> "
"attribute for the image when this document is converted to <acronym>HTML</"
"acronym>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6481
msgid "Image <filename>Makefile</filename> Entries"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6483
msgid ""
"Images must be listed in the <filename>Makefile</filename> in the "
"<varname>IMAGES</varname> variable. This variable must contain the names of "
"all the <emphasis>source</emphasis> images. For example, if there are three "
"figures, <filename>fig1.eps</filename>, <filename>fig2.png</filename>, "
"<filename>fig3.png</filename>, then the <filename>Makefile</filename> should "
"have lines like this in it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6492
#, no-wrap
msgid "…\n"
"IMAGES= fig1.eps fig2.png fig3.png\n"
"…"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:6496 book.translate.xml:7086
msgid "or"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6498
#, no-wrap
msgid "…\n"
"IMAGES=  fig1.eps\n"
"IMAGES+= fig2.png\n"
"IMAGES+= fig3.png\n"
"…"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6504
msgid ""
"Again, the <filename>Makefile</filename> will work out the complete list of "
"images it needs to build the source document, you only need to list the "
"image files <emphasis>you</emphasis> provided."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6511
msgid "Images and Chapters in Subdirectories"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6513
msgid ""
"Be careful when separating documentation into smaller files in different "
"directories (see <xref linkend=\"xml-primer-include-using-gen-entities\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6516
msgid ""
"Suppose there is a book with three chapters, and the chapters are stored in "
"their own directories, called <filename>chapter1/chapter.xml</filename>, "
"<filename>chapter2/chapter.xml</filename>, and <filename>chapter3/chapter."
"xml</filename>. If each chapter has images associated with it, place those "
"images in each chapter's subdirectory (<filename>chapter1/</filename>, "
"<filename>chapter2/</filename>, and <filename>chapter3/</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6526
msgid ""
"However, doing this requires including the directory names in the "
"<varname>IMAGES</varname> variable in the <filename>Makefile</filename>, "
"<emphasis>and</emphasis> including the directory name in the <tag>imagedata</"
"tag> element in the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6532
msgid ""
"For example, if the book has <filename>chapter1/fig1.png</filename>, then "
"<filename>chapter1/chapter.xml</filename> should contain:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6537
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">mediaobject</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"emptytag\">imagedata fileref=\"chapter1/fig1\"</tag> <co "
"xml:id=\"co-image-dir\"/>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  …\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">mediaobject</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:6548
msgid ""
"The directory name must be included in the <literal>fileref</literal> "
"attribute."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6553
msgid "The <filename>Makefile</filename> must contain:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6555
#, no-wrap
msgid "…\n"
"IMAGES=  chapter1/fig1.png\n"
"…"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6565
msgid ""
"Links are also in-line elements. To show a <acronym>URI</acronym> without "
"creating a link, see <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup-uri\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6571
msgid "<literal>xml:id</literal> Attributes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6573
msgid ""
"Most DocBook elements accept an <literal>xml:id</literal> attribute to give "
"that part of the document a unique name. The <literal>xml:id</literal> can "
"be used as a target for a crossreference or link."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6578
msgid ""
"Any portion of the document that will be a link target must have an "
"<literal>xml:id</literal> attribute. Assigning an <literal>xml:id</literal> "
"to all chapters and sections, even if there are no current plans to link to "
"them, is a good idea. These <literal>xml:id</literal>s can be used as unique "
"reference points by anyone referring to the <acronym>HTML</acronym> version "
"of the document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6587
msgid "<literal>xml:id</literal> on Chapters and Sections Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6590
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter xml:id=\"introduction\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Introduction<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the introduction.  It contains a "
"subsection,\n"
"    which is identified as well.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1 xml:id=\"introduction-moredetails\"</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>More Details<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is a subsection.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6604
msgid ""
"Use descriptive values for <literal>xml:id</literal> names. The values must "
"be unique within the entire document, not just in a single file. In the "
"example, the subsection <literal>xml:id</literal> is constructed by "
"appending text to the chapter <literal>xml:id</literal>. This ensures that "
"the <literal>xml:id</literal>s are unique. It also helps both reader and "
"anyone editing the document to see where the link is located within the "
"document, similar to a directory path to a file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6616
msgid "Crossreferences with <literal>xref</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6618
msgid ""
"<tag>xref</tag> provides the reader with a link to jump to another section "
"of the document. The target <literal>xml:id</literal> is specified in the "
"<literal>linkend</literal> attribute, and <tag>xref</tag> generates the link "
"text automatically."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6625
msgid "<tag>xref</tag> Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6627
msgid ""
"Assume that this fragment appears somewhere in a document that includes the "
"<literal>xml:id</literal> example shown above:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6631
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>More information can be found\n"
"  in <tag class=\"emptytag\">xref linkend=\"introduction\"</tag>.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>More specific information can be found\n"
"  in <tag class=\"emptytag\">xref linkend=\"introduction-moredetails\"</tag>."
"<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6637
msgid ""
"The link text will be generated automatically, looking like "
"(<emphasis>emphasized</emphasis> text indicates the link text):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
#: book.translate.xml:6642
msgid ""
"More information can be found in <emphasis>Chapter 1, Introduction</"
"emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
#: book.translate.xml:6645
msgid ""
"More specific information can be found in <emphasis>Section 1.1, <quote>More "
"Details</quote></emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6651
msgid ""
"The link text is generated automatically from the chapter and section number "
"and <literal>title</literal> elements."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6660
msgid ""
"The link element described here allows the writer to define the link text. "
"When link text is used, it is very important to be descriptive to give the "
"reader an idea of where the link goes. Remember that DocBook can be rendered "
"to multiple types of media. The reader might be looking at a printed book or "
"other form of media where there are no links. If the link text is not "
"descriptive enough, the reader might not be able to locate the linked "
"section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6669
msgid ""
"The <literal>xlink:href</literal> attribute is the <acronym>URL</acronym> of "
"the page, and the content of the element is the text that will be displayed "
"for the user to activate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6674
msgid ""
"In many situations, it is preferable to show the actual <acronym>URL</"
"acronym> rather than text. This can be done by leaving out the element text "
"entirely."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6679
msgid "<tag>link</tag> to a FreeBSD Documentation Web Page Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6682
msgid ""
"Link to the book or article <acronym>URL</acronym> entity. To link to a "
"specific chapter in a book, add a slash and the chapter file name, followed "
"by an optional anchor within the chapter. For articles, link to the article "
"<acronym>URL</acronym> entity, followed by an optional anchor within the "
"article. <acronym>URL</acronym> entities can be found in <filename>doc/share/"
"xml/urls.ent</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6691
msgid "Usage for FreeBSD book links:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6693
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Read the <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
"    xlink:href=\"&amp;url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-intro\"</tag>SVN\n"
"    introduction<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>, then pick the nearest "
"mirror from\n"
"  the list of <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
"    xlink:href=\"&amp;url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-mirrors\"</"
"tag>Subversion\n"
"    mirror sites<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</"
"tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6702
msgid ""
"Read the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
"handbook/svn.html#svn-intro\">SVN introduction</link>, then pick the nearest "
"mirror from the list of <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US."
"ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html#svn-mirrors\">Subversion mirror sites</"
"link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6707
msgid "Usage for FreeBSD article links:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6709
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Read this\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles.bsdl-gpl;\"</"
"tag>article\n"
"    about the BSD license<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>, or just the\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles.bsdl-"
"gpl;#intro\"</tag>introduction<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6716
msgid ""
"Read this <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
"bsdl-gpl\">article about the BSD license</link>, or just the <link xlink:"
"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/bsdl-"
"gpl#intro\">introduction</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6722
msgid "<tag>link</tag> to a FreeBSD Web Page Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6726
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Of course, you could stop reading this "
"document and go to the\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.base;/index.html\"</"
"tag>FreeBSD home page<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag> instead.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6731
msgid ""
"Of course, you could stop reading this document and go to the <link xlink:"
"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\">FreeBSD home page</link> instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:6737
msgid "<tag>link</tag> to an External Web Page Example"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6742
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
"    xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"</"
"tag>GUID\n"
"    Partition Tables<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class="
"\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6749
msgid ""
"Wikipedia has an excellent reference on <link xlink:href=\"http://en."
"wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\">GUID Partition Tables</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6752
msgid "The link text can be omitted to show the actual URL:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
"  GUID Partition Tables: <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
"    xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"</"
"tag><tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6759
msgid ""
"The same link can be entered using shorter notation instead of a separate "
"ending tag:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:6762
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
"  GUID Partition Tables: <tag class=\"emptytag\">link\n"
"    xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"</tag>."
"<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6766
msgid "The two methods are equivalent. Appearance:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:6768
msgid ""
"Wikipedia has an excellent reference on GUID Partition Tables: <uri xlink:"
"href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\">http://en."
"wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:6807
msgid "Style Sheets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:6809
msgid ""
"<acronym>XML</acronym> is concerned with content, and says nothing about how "
"that content should be presented to the reader or rendered on paper. "
"Multiple <emphasis>style sheet</emphasis> languages have been developed to "
"describe visual layout, including Extensible Stylesheet Language "
"Transformation (<acronym>XSLT</acronym>), Document Style Semantics and "
"Specification Language (<acronym>DSSSL</acronym>), and Cascading Style "
"Sheets (<acronym>CSS</acronym>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:6818
msgid ""
"The <acronym>FDP</acronym> documents use <acronym>XSLT</acronym> stylesheets "
"to transform DocBook into <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, and then <acronym>CSS</"
"acronym> formatting is applied to the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> pages. "
"Printable output is currently rendered with legacy <acronym>DSSSL</acronym> "
"stylesheets, but this will probably change in the future."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:6827
msgid "<acronym>CSS</acronym>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:6829
msgid ""
"Cascading Style Sheets (<acronym>CSS</acronym>) are a mechanism for "
"attaching style information (font, weight, size, color, and so forth) to "
"elements in an <acronym>XHTML</acronym> document without abusing "
"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> to do so."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:6836
msgid "The DocBook Documents"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:6838
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD <acronym>XSLT</acronym> and <acronym>DSSSL</acronym> stylesheets "
"refer to <filename>docbook.css</filename>, which is expected to be present "
"in the same directory as the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> files. The project-"
"wide <acronym>CSS</acronym> file is copied from <filename>doc/share/misc/"
"docbook.css</filename> when documents are converted to <acronym>XHTML</"
"acronym>, and is installed automatically."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:6882
msgid "Translations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:6884
msgid ""
"This is the FAQ for people translating the FreeBSD documentation (FAQ, "
"Handbook, tutorials, manual pages, and others) to different languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:6888
msgid ""
"It is <emphasis>very</emphasis> heavily based on the translation FAQ from "
"the FreeBSD German Documentation Project, originally written by Frank "
"Gründer <email>elwood@mc5sys.in-berlin.de</email> and translated back to "
"English by Bernd Warken <email>bwarken@mayn.de</email>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:6894
msgid ""
"The FAQ is maintained by the Documentation Engineering Team "
"<email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:6899
msgid "What do <phrase>i18n</phrase> and <phrase>l10n</phrase> mean?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6904
msgid ""
"<phrase>i18n</phrase> means <phrase>internationalization</phrase> and "
"<phrase>l10n</phrase> means <phrase>localization</phrase>. They are just a "
"convenient shorthand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6909
msgid ""
"<phrase>i18n</phrase> can be read as <quote>i</quote> followed by 18 "
"letters, followed by <quote>n</quote>. Similarly, <phrase>l10n</phrase> is "
"<quote>l</quote> followed by 10 letters, followed by <quote>n</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:6918
msgid "Is there a mailing list for translators?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6922
msgid ""
"Yes. Different translation groups have their own mailing lists. The <link "
"xlink:href=\"https://www.freebsd.org/docproj/translations.html\">list of "
"translation projects</link> has more information about the mailing lists and "
"web sites run by each translation project. In addition there is "
"<email>freebsd-translators@freebsd.org</email> for general translation "
"discussion."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:6934
msgid "Are more translators needed?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6938
msgid ""
"Yes. The more people work on translation the faster it gets done, and the "
"faster changes to the English documentation are mirrored in the translated "
"documents."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6943
msgid "You do not have to be a professional translator to be able to help."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:6950
msgid "What languages do I need to know?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6954
msgid ""
"Ideally, you will have a good knowledge of written English, and obviously "
"you will need to be fluent in the language you are translating to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6958
msgid ""
"English is not strictly necessary. For example, you could do a Hungarian "
"translation of the FAQ from the Spanish translation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:6966
msgid "What software do I need to know?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6970
msgid ""
"It is strongly recommended that you maintain a local copy of the FreeBSD "
"Subversion repository (at least the documentation part). This can be done by "
"running:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6974
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head/ "
"head</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6976
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"https://svn.FreeBSD.org/\">svn.FreeBSD.org</link> is a "
"public <literal>SVN</literal> server. Verify the server certificate from the "
"list of <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
"handbook/svn.html#svn-mirrors\">Subversion mirror sites</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:6982
msgid ""
"This will require the <package>devel/subversion</package> package to be "
"installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6987
msgid ""
"You should be comfortable using <application>svn</application>. This will "
"allow you to see what has changed between different versions of the files "
"that make up the documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6992
msgid ""
"For example, to view the differences between revisions <literal>r33733</"
"literal> and <literal>r33734</literal> of <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
"fdp-primer/book.xml</filename>, run:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
#: book.translate.xml:6997
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff -r<replaceable>33733</replaceable>:"
"<replaceable>33734</replaceable> en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/book.xml</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:6999
msgid ""
"Please see the complete explanation of using <application>Subversion</"
"application> in FreeBSD in the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html\">FreeBSD Handbook</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7007
msgid "How do I find out who else might be translating to the same language?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7012
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/docproj/translations."
"html\">Documentation Project translations page</link> lists the translation "
"efforts that are currently known about. If others are already working on "
"translating documentation to your language, please do not duplicate their "
"efforts. Instead, contact them to see how you can help."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7019
msgid ""
"If no one is listed on that page as translating for your language, then send "
"a message to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
"listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link> in "
"case someone else is thinking of doing a translation, but has not announced "
"it yet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7028
msgid "No one else is translating to my language. What do I do?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7033
msgid ""
"Congratulations, you have just started the <quote>FreeBSD <replaceable>your-"
"language-here</replaceable> Documentation Translation Project</quote>. "
"Welcome aboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7038
msgid ""
"First, decide whether or not you have got the time to spare. Since you are "
"the only person working on your language at the moment it is going to be "
"your responsibility to publicize your work and coordinate any volunteers "
"that might want to help you."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7044
msgid ""
"Write an email to the Documentation Project mailing list, announcing that "
"you are going to translate the documentation, so the Documentation Project "
"translations page can be maintained."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7049
msgid ""
"If there is already someone in your country providing FreeBSD mirroring "
"services you should contact them and ask if you can have some webspace for "
"your project, and possibly an email address or mailing list services."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7054
msgid ""
"Then pick a document and start translating. It is best to start with "
"something fairly small—either the FAQ, or one of the tutorials."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7062
msgid "I have translated some documentation, where do I send it?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7067
msgid ""
"That depends. If you are already working with a translation team (such as "
"the Japanese team, or the German team) then they will have their own "
"procedures for handling submitted documentation, and these will be outlined "
"on their web pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7073
msgid ""
"If you are the only person working on a particular language (or you are "
"responsible for a translation project and want to submit your changes back "
"to the FreeBSD project) then you should send your translation to the FreeBSD "
"project (see the next question)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7083
msgid ""
"I am the only person working on translating to this language, how do I "
"submit my translation?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7088
msgid ""
"We are a translation team, and want to submit documentation that our members "
"have translated for us."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7094
msgid ""
"First, make sure your translation is organized properly. This means that it "
"should drop into the existing documentation tree and build straight away."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7098
msgid ""
"Currently, the FreeBSD documentation is stored in a top level directory "
"called <filename>head/</filename>. Directories below this are named "
"according to the language code they are written in, as defined in ISO639 "
"(<filename>/usr/share/misc/iso639</filename> on a version of FreeBSD newer "
"than 20th January 1999)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7105
msgid ""
"If your language can be encoded in different ways (for example, Chinese) "
"then there should be directories below this, one for each encoding format "
"you have provided."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7109
msgid "Finally, you should have directories for each document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7112
msgid "For example, a hypothetical Swedish translation might look like:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7115
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"head/\n"
"    sv_SE.ISO8859-1/\n"
"                     Makefile\n"
"                     htdocs/\n"
"                           docproj/\n"
"                     books/\n"
"                           faq/\n"
"                               Makefile\n"
"                               book.xml"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7125
msgid ""
"<literal>sv_SE.ISO8859-1</literal> is the name of the translation, in "
"<filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</"
"replaceable></filename> form. Note the two Makefiles, which will be used to "
"build the documentation."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7131
msgid ""
"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to compress up your "
"documentation, and send it to the project."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7134
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd doc</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>tar cf swedish-docs.tar sv_SE.ISO8859-1</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>gzip -9 swedish-docs.tar</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7138
msgid ""
"Put <filename>swedish-docs.tar.gz</filename> somewhere. If you do not have "
"access to your own webspace (perhaps your ISP does not let you have any) "
"then you can email Documentation Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</"
"email>, and arrange to email the files when it is convenient."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7144
msgid ""
"Either way, you should use Bugzilla to submit a report indicating that you "
"have submitted the documentation. It would be very helpful if you could get "
"other people to look over your translation and double check it first, since "
"it is unlikely that the person committing it will be fluent in the language."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7151
msgid ""
"Someone (probably the Documentation Project Manager, currently Documentation "
"Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email>) will then take your "
"translation and confirm that it builds. In particular, the following things "
"will be looked at:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7158
msgid "Do all your files use RCS strings (such as \"ID\")?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7163
msgid ""
"Does <command>make all</command> in the <filename>sv_SE.ISO8859-1</filename> "
"directory work correctly?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7169
msgid "Does <command>make install</command> work correctly?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7174
msgid ""
"If there are any problems then whoever is looking at the submission will get "
"back to you to work them out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7177
msgid ""
"If there are no problems your translation will be committed as soon as "
"possible."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7184
msgid "Can I include language or country specific text in my translation?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7189
msgid "We would prefer that you did not."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7191
msgid ""
"For example, suppose that you are translating the Handbook to Korean, and "
"want to include a section about retailers in Korea in your Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7195
msgid ""
"There is no real reason why that information should not be in the English "
"(or German, or Spanish, or Japanese, or …) versions as well. It is feasible "
"that an English speaker in Korea might try to pick up a copy of FreeBSD "
"whilst over there. It also helps increase FreeBSD's perceived presence "
"around the globe, which is not a bad thing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7203
msgid ""
"If you have country specific information, please submit it as a change to "
"the English Handbook (using Bugzilla) and then translate the change back to "
"your language in the translated Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7208
msgid "Thanks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7214
msgid "How should language specific characters be included?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7219
msgid ""
"Non-ASCII characters in the documentation should be included using SGML "
"entities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7222
msgid ""
"Briefly, these look like an ampersand (&amp;), the name of the entity, and a "
"semi-colon (;)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7225
msgid ""
"The entity names are defined in ISO8879, which is in the ports tree as "
"<package>textproc/iso8879</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7228
msgid "A few examples include:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
#: book.translate.xml:7231
msgid "Entity"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
#: book.translate.xml:7233
msgid "Appearance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7238
msgid "&amp;eacute;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7239
msgid "é"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7240
msgid "Small <quote>e</quote> with an acute accent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7244
msgid "&amp;Eacute;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7245
msgid "É"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7246
msgid "Large <quote>E</quote> with an acute accent"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7250
msgid "&amp;uuml;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7251
msgid "ü"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
#: book.translate.xml:7252
msgid "Small <quote>u</quote> with an umlaut"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7256
msgid ""
"After you have installed the iso8879 port, the files in <filename>/usr/local/"
"share/xml/iso8879</filename> contain the complete list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7264
msgid "Addressing the reader"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7268
msgid ""
"In the English documents, the reader is addressed as <quote>you</quote>, "
"there is no formal/informal distinction as there is in some languages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7272
msgid ""
"If you are translating to a language which does distinguish, use whichever "
"form is typically used in other technical documentation in your language. If "
"in doubt, use a mildly polite form."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: question/para
#: book.translate.xml:7281
msgid "Do I need to include any additional information in my translations?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7286
msgid "Yes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7288
msgid ""
"The header of the English version of each document will look something like "
"this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7291
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!--\n"
"     The FreeBSD Documentation Project\n"
"\n"
"     $FreeBSD: head/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/book.xml 38674 2012-04-14 13:"
"52:52Z $\n"
"--&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7297
msgid ""
"The exact boilerplate may change, but it will always include a $FreeBSD$ "
"line and the phrase <literal>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal>. "
"Note that the $FreeBSD part is expanded automatically by Subversion, so it "
"should be empty (just <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal>) for new files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7305
msgid ""
"Your translated documents should include their own $FreeBSD$ line, and "
"change the <literal>FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal> line to "
"<literal>The FreeBSD <replaceable>language</replaceable> Documentation "
"Project</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7311
msgid ""
"In addition, you should add a third line which indicates which revision of "
"the English text this is based on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/para
#: book.translate.xml:7314
msgid "So, the Spanish version of this file might start:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7316
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!--\n"
"     The FreeBSD Spanish Documentation Project\n"
"\n"
"     $FreeBSD: head/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/faq/book.xml 38826 2012-05-17 19:"
"12:14Z hrs $\n"
"     Original revision: r38674\n"
"--&gt;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:7333
msgid "<acronym>PO</acronym> Translations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7338
msgid ""
"The <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/\"><acronym>GNU</"
"acronym> <application>gettext</application></link> system offers translators "
"an easy way to create and maintain translations of documents. Translatable "
"strings are extracted from the original document into a <acronym>PO</"
"acronym> (Portable Object) file. Translated versions of the strings are "
"entered with a separate editor. The strings can be used directly or built "
"into a complete translated version of the original document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7351
msgid ""
"The procedure shown in <xref linkend=\"overview-quick-start\"/> is assumed "
"to have already been performed. The <literal>TRANSLATOR</literal> option is "
"required and already enabled by default in the <package role="
"\"port\">textproc/docproj</package> port."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7357
msgid ""
"This example shows the creation of a Spanish translation of the short <link "
"xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-"
"seconds\">Leap Seconds</link> article."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:7362
msgid "Install a <acronym>PO</acronym> Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7365
msgid ""
"A <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is needed to edit translation files. This "
"example uses <package role=\"ports\">editors/poedit</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7369
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/poedit</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:7375
msgid "Initial Setup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:7377
msgid ""
"When a new translation is first created, the directory structure and "
"<filename>Makefile</filename> must be created or copied from the English "
"original:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7382
msgid ""
"Create a directory for the new translation. The English article source is in "
"<filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</filename>. The "
"Spanish translation will go in <filename>~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-"
"seconds/</filename>. The path is the same except for the name of the "
"language directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7390
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir --parents ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/"
"articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7394
msgid ""
"Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the original document into the "
"translation directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7397
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-"
"seconds/Makefile \\\n"
"    ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:7403
msgid "Translation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
#: book.translate.xml:7405
msgid ""
"Translating a document consists of two steps: extracting translatable "
"strings from the original document, and entering translations for those "
"strings. These steps are repeated until the translator feels that enough of "
"the document has been translated to produce a usable translated document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7413
msgid ""
"Extract the translatable strings from the original English version into a "
"<acronym>PO</acronym> file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7416
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/"
"</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make po</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7421
msgid ""
"Use a <acronym>PO</acronym> editor to enter translations in the <acronym>PO</"
"acronym> file. There are several different editors available. "
"<filename>poedit</filename> from <package role=\"port\">editors/poedit</"
"package> is shown here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7427
msgid ""
"The <acronym>PO</acronym> file name is the two-character language code "
"followed by an underline and a two-character region code. For Spanish, the "
"file name is <filename>es_ES.po</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7432 book.translate.xml:7880
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>poedit es_ES.po</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
#: book.translate.xml:7437
msgid "Generating a Translated Document"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7440
msgid "Generate the translated document:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7442
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/"
"</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make tran</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7445
msgid ""
"The name of the generated document matches the name of the English original, "
"usually <filename>article.xml</filename> for articles or <filename>book.xml</"
"filename> for books."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7452
msgid ""
"Check the generated file by rendering it to <acronym>HTML</acronym> and "
"viewing it with a web browser:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7456
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox article.html</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7463
msgid "Creating New Translations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7465
msgid ""
"The first step to creating a new translated document is locating or creating "
"a directory to hold it. FreeBSD puts translated documents in a subdirectory "
"named for their language and region in the format "
"<filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>_<replaceable>REGION</replaceable></"
"filename>. <replaceable>lang</replaceable> is a two-character lowercase code."
" It is followed by an underscore character and then the two-character "
"uppercase <replaceable>REGION</replaceable> code."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: book.translate.xml:7476
msgid "Language Names"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7481
msgid "Language"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7482
msgid "Region"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7483
msgid "Translated Directory Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7484
msgid "<acronym>PO</acronym> File Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7485
msgid "Character Set"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7491
msgid "English"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7492
msgid "United States"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7493
msgid "<filename>en_US.ISO8859-1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7494
msgid "<filename>en_US.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7495 book.translate.xml:7511 book.translate.xml:7519
#: book.translate.xml:7535 book.translate.xml:7543 book.translate.xml:7591
#: book.translate.xml:7607
msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7499
msgid "Bengali"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7500
msgid "Bangladesh"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7501
msgid "<filename>bn_BD.UTF-8</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7502
msgid "<filename>bn_BD.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7503 book.translate.xml:7575 book.translate.xml:7583
#: book.translate.xml:7631 book.translate.xml:7639
msgid "<acronym>UTF</acronym>-8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7507
msgid "Danish"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7508
msgid "Denmark"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7509
msgid "<filename>da_DK.ISO8859-1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7510
msgid "<filename>da_DK.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7515
msgid "German"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7516
msgid "Germany"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7517
msgid "<filename>de_DE.ISO8859-1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7518
msgid "<filename>de_DE.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7523
msgid "Greek"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7524
msgid "Greece"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7525
msgid "<filename>el_GR.ISO8859-7</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7526
msgid "<filename>el_GR.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7527
msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7531
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7532
msgid "Spain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7533
msgid "<filename>es_ES.ISO8859-1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7534
msgid "<filename>es_ES.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7539
msgid "French"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7540
msgid "France"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7541
msgid "<filename>fr_FR.ISO8859-1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7542
msgid "<filename>fr_FR.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7547
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7548
msgid "Hungary"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7549
msgid "<filename>hu_HU.ISO8859-2</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7550
msgid "<filename>hu_HU.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7551 book.translate.xml:7599
msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7555
msgid "Italian"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7556
msgid "Italy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7557
msgid "<filename>it_IT.ISO8859-15</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7558
msgid "<filename>it_IT.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7559
msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-15"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7563
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7564
msgid "Japan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7565
msgid "<filename>ja_JP.eucJP</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7566
msgid "<filename>ja_JP.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7567
msgid "<acronym>EUC</acronym> JP"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7571
msgid "Korean"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7572
msgid "Korea"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7573
msgid "<filename>ko_KR.UTF-8</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7574
msgid "<filename>ko_KR.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7579
msgid "Mongolian"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7580
msgid "Mongolia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7581
msgid "<filename>mn_MN.UTF-8</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7582
msgid "<filename>mn_MN.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7587
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7588
msgid "Netherlands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7589
msgid "<filename>nl_NL.ISO8859-1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7590
msgid "<filename>nl_NL.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7595
msgid "Polish"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7596
msgid "Poland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7597
msgid "<filename>pl_PL.ISO8859-2</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7598
msgid "<filename>pl_PL.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7603
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7604
msgid "Brazil"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7605
msgid "<filename>pt_BR.ISO8859-1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7606
msgid "<filename>pt_BR.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7611
msgid "Russian"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7612
msgid "Russia"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7613
msgid "<filename>ru_RU.KOI8-R</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7614
msgid "<filename>ru_RU.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7615
msgid "<acronym>KOI</acronym>8-R"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7619
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7620
msgid "Turkey"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7621
msgid "<filename>tr_TR.ISO8859-9</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7622
msgid "<filename>tr_TR.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7623
msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7627 book.translate.xml:7635
msgid "Chinese"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7628
msgid "China"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7629
msgid "<filename>zh_CN.UTF-8</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7630
msgid "<filename>zh_CN.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7636
msgid "Taiwan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7637
msgid "<filename>zh_TW.UTF-8</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:7638
msgid "<filename>zh_TW.po</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7645
msgid ""
"The translations are in subdirectories of the main documentation directory, "
"here assumed to be <filename>~/doc/</filename> as shown in <xref linkend="
"\"overview-quick-start\"/>. For example, German translations are located in "
"<filename>~/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/</filename>, and French translations are in "
"<filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7654
msgid ""
"Each language directory contains separate subdirectories named for the type "
"of documents, usually <filename>articles/</filename> and <filename>books/</"
"filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7659
msgid ""
"Combining these directory names gives the complete path to an article or "
"book. For example, the French translation of the NanoBSD article is in "
"<filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/</filename>, and the "
"Mongolian translation of the Handbook is in <filename>~/doc/mn_MN.UTF-8/"
"books/handbook/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7666
msgid ""
"A new language directory must be created when translating a document to a "
"new language. If the language directory already exists, only a subdirectory "
"in the <filename>articles/</filename> or <filename>books/</filename> "
"directory is needed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7672
msgid ""
"FreeBSD documentation builds are controlled by a <filename>Makefile</"
"filename> in the same directory. With simple articles, the "
"<filename>Makefile</filename> can often just be copied verbatim from the "
"original English directory. The translation process combines multiple "
"separate <filename>book.xml</filename> and <filename>chapter.xml</filename> "
"files in books into a single file, so the <filename>Makefile</filename> for "
"book translations must be copied and modified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7683
msgid "Creating a Spanish Translation of the Porter's Handbook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7686
msgid ""
"Create a new Spanish translation of the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook\">Porter's Handbook</link>. The "
"original is a book in <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/"
"</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7693
msgid ""
"The Spanish language books directory <filename>~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/</"
"filename> already exists, so only a new subdirectory for the Porter's "
"Handbook is needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7697
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
"A         porters-handbook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7703
msgid "Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the original book:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7706
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-"
"handbook</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-"
"handbook/Makefile .</userinput>\n"
"A         Makefile"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7710
msgid ""
"Modify the contents of the <filename>Makefile</filename> to only expect a "
"single <filename>book.xml</filename>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7714
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"# Build the FreeBSD Porter's Handbook.\n"
"#\n"
"\n"
"MAINTAINER=doc@FreeBSD.org\n"
"\n"
"DOC?= book\n"
"\n"
"FORMATS?= html-split\n"
"\n"
"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
"\n"
"# XML content\n"
"SRCS=  book.xml\n"
"\n"
"# Images from the cross-document image library\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/1.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/2.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/3.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/4.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/5.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/6.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/7.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/8.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/9.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/10.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/11.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/12.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/13.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/14.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/15.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/16.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/17.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/18.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/19.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/20.png\n"
"IMAGES_LIB+=    callouts/21.png\n"
"\n"
"URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n"
"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
"\n"
".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7760
msgid ""
"Now the document structure is ready for the translator to begin translating "
"with <command>make po</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7768
msgid ""
"Creating a French Translation of the <acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys Article"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7771
msgid ""
"Create a new French translation of the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys\"><acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys article</"
"link>. The original is an article in <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"articles/pgpkeys/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7778
msgid ""
"The French language article directory <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/"
"articles/</filename> already exists, so only a new subdirectory for the "
"<acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys article is needed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7782
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir pgpkeys</userinput>\n"
"A         pgpkeys"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7788
msgid "Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the original article:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7791
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys/"
"Makefile .</userinput>\n"
"A         Makefile"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7795
msgid ""
"Check the contents of the <filename>Makefile</filename>. Because this is a "
"simple article, in this case the <filename>Makefile</filename> can be used "
"unchanged. The <literal>$FreeBSD...$</literal> version string on the second "
"line will be replaced by the version control system when this file is "
"committed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7802
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"#\n"
"# $FreeBSD$\n"
"#\n"
"# Article: PGP Keys\n"
"\n"
"DOC?= article\n"
"\n"
"FORMATS?= html\n"
"WITH_ARTICLE_TOC?= YES\n"
"\n"
"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
"\n"
"SRCS=   article.xml\n"
"\n"
"# To build with just key fingerprints, set FINGERPRINTS_ONLY.\n"
"\n"
"URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n"
"DOC_PREFIX?=    ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
"\n"
".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7824
msgid ""
"With the document structure complete, the <acronym>PO</acronym> file can be "
"created with <command>make po</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7833
msgid "Translating"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7835
msgid ""
"The <application>gettext</application> system greatly reduces the number of "
"things that must be tracked by a translator. Strings to be translated are "
"extracted from the original document into a <acronym>PO</acronym> file. Then "
"a <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is used to enter the translated versions of "
"each string."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7842
msgid ""
"The FreeBSD <acronym>PO</acronym> translation system does not overwrite "
"<acronym>PO</acronym> files, so the extraction step can be run at any time "
"to update the <acronym>PO</acronym> file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7847
msgid ""
"A <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is used to edit the file. <package role="
"\"port\">editors/poedit</package> is shown in these examples because it is "
"simple and has minimal requirements. Other <acronym>PO</acronym> editors "
"offer features to make the job of translating easier. The Ports Collection "
"offers several of these editors, including <package role=\"port\">devel/"
"gtranslator</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:7855
msgid ""
"It is important to preserve the <acronym>PO</acronym> file. It contains all "
"of the work that translators have done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7859
msgid "Translating the Porter's Handbook to Spanish"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7861
msgid "Enter Spanish translations of the contents of the Porter's Handbook."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7866
msgid ""
"Change to the Spanish Porter's Handbook directory and update the "
"<acronym>PO</acronym> file. The generated <acronym>PO</acronym> file is "
"called <filename>es_ES.po</filename> as shown in <xref linkend=\"po-"
"translations-language-names\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:7872
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-"
"handbook</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make po</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:7877
msgid "Enter translations using a <acronym>PO</acronym> editor:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:7887
msgid "Tips for Translators"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:7890 book.translate.xml:7896
msgid "Preserving <acronym>XML</acronym> Tags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7892
msgid ""
"Preserve <acronym>XML</acronym> tags that are shown in the English original."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7898
msgid "English original:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7900
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"If <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>NTP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</"
"tag> is not being used"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:7902
msgid "Spanish translation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7904
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Si <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>NTP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</"
"tag> no se utiliza"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:7909
msgid "Preserving Spaces"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7911
msgid ""
"Preserve existing spaces at the beginning and end of strings to be "
"translated. The translated version must have these spaces also."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:7917
msgid "Verbatim Tags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7919
msgid "The contents of some tags should be copied verbatim, not translated:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7924
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">citerefentry</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7928
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7932
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7936
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7940
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">manvolnum</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7944
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">orgname</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7948
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">package</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7952
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7956
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">prompt</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7960
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">refentrytitle</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7964
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7968
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:7972
msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:7978
msgid "<literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> Strings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7981
msgid ""
"The $FreeBSD$ version strings used in files require special handling. In "
"examples like <xref linkend=\"po-translations-creating-example\"/>, these "
"strings are not meant to be expanded. The English documents use "
"<literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> entities to avoid including actual literal "
"dollar signs in the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:7988 book.translate.xml:8006
#, no-wrap
msgid "&amp;dollar;FreeBSD&amp;dollar;"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7990
msgid ""
"The <literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> entities are not seen as dollar signs by "
"the version control system and so the string is not expanded into a version "
"string."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:7994
msgid ""
"When a <acronym>PO</acronym> file is created, the <literal>&amp;dollar;</"
"literal> entities used in examples are replaced with actual dollar signs. "
"The resulting literal <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> string will be wrongly "
"expanded by the version control system when the file is committed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8001
msgid ""
"The same technique as used in the English documents can be used in the "
"translation. The <literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> is used to replace the "
"dollar sign in the translation entered into the <acronym>PO</acronym> editor:"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8049
msgid "Building a Translated Document"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8051
msgid ""
"A translated version of the original document can be created at any time. "
"Any untranslated portions of the original will be included in English in the "
"resulting document. Most <acronym>PO</acronym> editors have an indicator "
"that shows how much of the translation has been completed. This makes it "
"easy for the translator to see when enough strings have been translated to "
"make building the final document worthwhile."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:8061
msgid "Building the Spanish Porter's Handbook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/para
#: book.translate.xml:8063
msgid ""
"Build and preview the Spanish version of the Porter's Handbook that was "
"created in an earlier example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8068
msgid ""
"Build the translated document. Because the original is a book, the generated "
"document is <filename>book.xml</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8072
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-"
"handbook</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make tran</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8077
msgid ""
"Render the translated <filename>book.xml</filename> to <acronym>HTML</"
"acronym> and view it with <application>Firefox</application>. This is the "
"same procedure used with the English version of the documents, and other "
"<varname>FORMATS</varname> can be used here in the same way. See <xref "
"linkend=\"doc-build-rendering-common-formats\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8084
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox book.html</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8092
msgid "Submitting the New Translation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8094
msgid ""
"Prepare the new translation files for submission. This includes adding the "
"files to the version control system, setting additional properties on them, "
"then creating a diff for submission."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8099
msgid ""
"The diff files created by these examples can be attached to a <link xlink:"
"href=\"https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product="
"Documentation\">documentation bug report</link> or <link xlink:href=\"https:/"
"/reviews.freebsd.org/\">code review</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:8105
msgid "Spanish Translation of the NanoBSD Article"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8109 book.translate.xml:8176
msgid ""
"Add a FreeBSD version string comment as the first line of the <acronym>PO</"
"acronym> file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:8112 book.translate.xml:8179
#, no-wrap
msgid "#$FreeBSD$"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8116 book.translate.xml:8183
msgid ""
"Add the <filename>Makefile</filename>, the <acronym>PO</acronym> file, and "
"the generated <acronym>XML</acronym> translation to version control:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8121
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
"Makefile	article.xml	es_ES.po\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn add Makefile article.xml es_ES.po</"
"userinput>\n"
"A         Makefile\n"
"A         article.xml\n"
"A         es_ES.po"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8131 book.translate.xml:8198
msgid ""
"Set the <application>Subversion</application> <literal>svn:keywords</"
"literal> properties on these files to <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal> so "
"<literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> strings are expanded into the path, revision, "
"date, and author when committed:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8139
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile "
"article.xml es_ES.po</userinput>\n"
"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'\n"
"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml'\n"
"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'es_ES.po'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8146
msgid ""
"Set the <acronym>MIME</acronym> types of the files. These are <literal>text/"
"xml</literal> for books and articles, and <literal>text/x-gettext-"
"translation</literal> for the <acronym>PO</acronym> file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8152
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type text/x-gettext-"
"translation es_ES.po</userinput>\n"
"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'es_ES.po'\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type text/xml article."
"xml</userinput>\n"
"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8159
msgid ""
"Create a diff of the new files from the <filename>~/doc/</filename> base "
"directory so the full path is shown with the filenames. This helps "
"committers identify the target language directory."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8164
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>svn diff es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/ &gt; /tmp/es_nanobsd."
"diff</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:8171
msgid ""
"Korean <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> Translation of the Explaining-BSD Article"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8188
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd/</"
"userinput>\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
"Makefile	article.xml	ko_KR.po\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn add Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po</"
"userinput>\n"
"A         Makefile\n"
"A         article.xml\n"
"A         ko_KR.po"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8205
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile "
"article.xml ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'\n"
"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml'\n"
"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'ko_KR.po'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8212
msgid ""
"Set the <acronym>MIME</acronym> types of the files. Because these files use "
"the <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> character set, that is also specified. To "
"prevent the version control system from mistaking these files for binary "
"data, the <literal>fbsd:notbinary</literal> property is also set:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8219
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/x-gettext-"
"translation; charset=UTF-8' ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'ko_KR.po'\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes ko_KR.po</"
"userinput>\n"
"property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'ko_KR.po'\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/xml; charset="
"UTF-8' article.xml</userinput>\n"
"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'\n"
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes article.xml</"
"userinput>\n"
"property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'article.xml'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: book.translate.xml:8230
msgid ""
"Create a diff of these new files from the <filename>~/doc/</filename> base "
"directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8233
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>\n"
"<userinput>svn diff ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd &gt; /tmp/ko-"
"explaining.diff</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:8247
msgid "Manual Pages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8252
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Manual pages</emphasis>, commonly shortened to <emphasis>man "
"pages</emphasis>, were conceived as readily-available reminders for command "
"syntax, device driver details, or configuration file formats. They have "
"become an extremely valuable quick-reference from the command line for "
"users, system administrators, and programmers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8259
msgid ""
"Although intended as reference material rather than tutorials, the EXAMPLES "
"sections of manual pages often provide detailed use case."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8263
msgid ""
"Manual pages are generally shown interactively by the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> command. When the user types <command>man ls</command>, a "
"search is performed for a manual page matching <literal>ls</literal>. The "
"first matching result is displayed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8271
msgid "Sections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8273
msgid ""
"Manual pages are grouped into <emphasis>sections</emphasis>. Each section "
"contains manual pages for a specific category of documentation:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8281
msgid "Section Number"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8282
msgid "Category"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8288
msgid "1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8289
msgid "General Commands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8293
msgid "2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8294
msgid "System Calls"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8298
msgid "3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8299
msgid "Library Functions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8303
msgid "4"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8304
msgid "Kernel Interfaces"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8308
msgid "5"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8309
msgid "File Formats"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8313
msgid "6"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8314
msgid "Games"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8318
msgid "7"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8319
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8323
msgid "8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8324
msgid "System Manager"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8328
msgid "9"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8329
msgid "Kernel Developer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8337
msgid "Markup"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8339
msgid ""
"Various markup forms and rendering programs have been used for manual pages. "
"FreeBSD has used <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groff</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> and the newer "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mandoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>. Most existing FreeBSD manual pages, and all new ones, use the "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> form of markup. This is a simple line-based markup that is "
"reasonably expressive. It is mostly semantic: parts of text are marked up "
"for what they are, rather than for how they should appear when rendered. "
"There is some appearance-based markup which is usually best avoided."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8348
msgid ""
"Manual page source is usually interpreted and displayed to the screen "
"interactively. The source files can be ordinary text files or compressed "
"with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> to save space."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8352
msgid ""
"Manual pages can also be rendered to other formats, including PostScript for "
"printing or <acronym>PDF</acronym> generation. See "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:8357
msgid ""
"Testing a new manual page can be challenging when it is not located in the "
"normal manual page search path. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> also does not look in "
"the current directory. If the new manual page is in the current directory, "
"prefix the filename with a <literal>./</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8363
#, no-wrap
msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man ./mynewmanpage.8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: book.translate.xml:8365
msgid "An absolute path can also be used:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8367
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man /home/xsmith/mynewmanpage.8</userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8372
msgid "Manual Page Sections"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8374
msgid ""
"Manual pages are composed of several standard sections. Each section has a "
"title in upper case, and the sections for a particular type of manual page "
"appear in a specific order. For a category 1 General Command manual page, "
"the sections are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8384
msgid "Section Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8391
msgid "NAME"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8392
msgid "Name of the command"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8396
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8397
msgid "Format of options and arguments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8401
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8402
msgid "Description of purpose and usage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8406
msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8407
msgid "Environment settings that affect operation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8412
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8413
msgid "Error codes returned on exit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8417
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8418
msgid "Examples of usage"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8422
msgid "COMPATIBILITY"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8423
msgid "Compatibility with other implementations"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8427
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8428
msgid "Cross-reference to related manual pages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8432
msgid "STANDARDS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8433
msgid "Compatibility with standards like POSIX"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8437
msgid "HISTORY"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8438
msgid "History of implementation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8442
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8443
msgid "Known bugs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8447
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8448
msgid "People who created the command or wrote the manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8455
msgid ""
"Some sections are optional, and the combination of sections for a specific "
"type of manual page vary. Examples of the most common types are shown later "
"in this chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8461
msgid "Macros"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8463
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry> markup is based on <emphasis>macros</emphasis>. Lines that "
"begin with a dot contain macro commands, each two or three letters long. For "
"example, consider this portion of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-markup-macros-example-ls
#: book.translate.xml:8469
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
".Dd December 1, 2015  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-1\"/>\n"
".Dt LS 1\n"
".Sh NAME  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-2\"/>\n"
".Nm ls\n"
".Nd list directory contents\n"
".Sh SYNOPSIS  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-3\"/>\n"
".Nm  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-4\"/>\n"
".Op Fl -libxo  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-5\"/>\n"
".Op Fl ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1,  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-"
"macro-example-ls-6\"/>\n"
".Op Fl D Ar format  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-7\"/>\n"
".Op Ar  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-8\"/>\n"
".Sh DESCRIPTION  <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-9\"/>\n"
"For each operand that names a\n"
".Ar file\n"
"of a type other than\n"
"directory,\n"
".Nm\n"
"displays its name as well as any requested,\n"
"associated information.\n"
"For each operand that names a\n"
".Ar file\n"
"of type directory,\n"
".Nm\n"
"displays the names of files contained\n"
"within that directory, as well as any requested, associated\n"
"information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8499
msgid ""
"A <emphasis>Document date</emphasis> and <emphasis>Document title</emphasis> "
"are defined."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8504
msgid ""
"A <emphasis>Section header</emphasis> for the NAME section is defined. Then "
"the <emphasis>Name</emphasis> of the command and a one-line <emphasis>Name "
"description</emphasis> are defined."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8511
msgid ""
"The SYNOPSIS section begins. This section describes the command-line options "
"and arguments accepted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8516
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Name</emphasis> (<literal>.Nm</literal>) has already been defined, "
"and repeating it here just displays the defined value in the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8522
msgid ""
"An <emphasis>Optional</emphasis> <emphasis>Flag</emphasis> called <literal>-"
"libxo</literal> is shown. The <literal>Fl</literal> macro adds a dash to the "
"beginning of flags, so this appears in the manual page as <literal>--libxo</"
"literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8530
msgid "A long list of optional single-character flags are shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8535
msgid ""
"An optional <literal>-D</literal> flag is defined. If the <literal>-D</"
"literal> flag is given, it must be followed by an <emphasis>Argument</"
"emphasis>. The argument is a <emphasis>format</emphasis>, a string that "
"tells <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> what to display and how to display it. Details on "
"the format string are given later in the manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8545
msgid ""
"A final optional argument is defined. Because no name is specified for the "
"argument, the default of <literal>file ...</literal> is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: callout/para
#: book.translate.xml:8551
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Section header</emphasis> for the DESCRIPTION section is "
"defined."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8556
msgid ""
"When rendered with the command <command>man ls</command>, the result "
"displayed on the screen looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:8559
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"LS(1)                   FreeBSD General Commands Manual                  "
"LS(1)\n"
"\n"
"NAME\n"
"     ls — list directory contents\n"
"\n"
"SYNOPSIS\n"
"     ls [--libxo] [-ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1,] [-D format]\n"
"        [file ...]\n"
"\n"
"DESCRIPTION\n"
"     For each operand that names a file of a type other than directory, ls\n"
"     displays its name as well as any requested, associated information.  "
"For\n"
"     each operand that names a file of type directory, ls displays the names\n"
"     of files contained within that directory, as well as any requested,\n"
"     associated information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8575
msgid "Optional values are shown inside square brackets."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8579
msgid "Markup Guidelines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8581
msgid ""
"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> markup language is not very strict. For clarity "
"and consistency, the FreeBSD Documentation project adds some additional "
"style guidelines:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8587
msgid "Only the first letter of macros is upper case"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8590
msgid ""
"Always use upper case for the first letter of a macro and lower case for the "
"remaining letters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8596
msgid "Begin new sentences on new lines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8599
msgid ""
"Start a new sentence on a new line, do not begin it on the same line as an "
"existing sentence."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8605
msgid ""
"Update <literal>.Dd</literal> when making non-trivial changes to a manual "
"page"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8609
msgid ""
"The <emphasis>Document date</emphasis> informs the reader about the last "
"time the manual page was updated. It is important to update whenever non-"
"trivial changes are made to the manual pages. Trivial changes like spelling "
"or punctuation fixes that do not affect usage can be made without updating "
"<literal>.Dd</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8620
msgid "Give examples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8623
msgid ""
"Show the reader examples when possible. Even trivial examples are valuable, "
"because what is trivial to the writer is not necessarily trivial to the "
"reader. Three examples are a good goal. A trivial example shows the minimal "
"requirements, a serious example shows actual use, and an in-depth example "
"demonstrates unusual or non-obvious functionality."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:8634
msgid "Include the BSD license"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8637
msgid ""
"Include the BSD license on new manual pages. The preferred license is "
"available from the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
"articles/committers-guidepref-license\">Committer's Guide</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8646
msgid "Markup Tricks"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8648
msgid "Add a space before punctuation on a line with macros. Example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:8651
#, no-wrap
msgid ".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
".Xr geom 4 ,\n"
".Xr boot0cfg 8 ,\n"
".Xr geom 8 ,\n"
".Xr gptboot 8"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8657
msgid ""
"Note how the commas at the end of the <literal>.Xr</literal> lines have been "
"placed after a space. The <literal>.Xr</literal> macro expects two "
"parameters to follow it, the name of an external manual page, and a section "
"number. The space separates the punctuation from the section number. Without "
"the space, the external links would incorrectly point to section "
"<literal>4,</literal> or <literal>8,</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8668
msgid "Important Macros"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8670
msgid ""
"Some very common macros will be shown here. For more usage examples, see "
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groff_mdoc</"
"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or search for actual "
"use in <filename>/usr/share/man/man*</filename> directories. For example, to "
"search for examples of the <literal>.Bd</literal> <emphasis>Begin display</"
"emphasis> macro:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:8677
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>find /usr/share/man/man* | xargs zgrep '.Bd'</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:8680
msgid "Organizational Macros"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:8682
msgid "Some macros are used to define logical blocks of a manual page."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8689
msgid "Organizational Macro"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8690 book.translate.xml:8745 book.translate.xml:9600
#: book.translate.xml:9780
msgid "Use"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8696
msgid "<literal>.Sh</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8697
msgid ""
"Section header. Followed by the name of the section, traditionally all upper "
"case. Think of these as chapter titles."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8703
msgid "<literal>.Ss</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8704
msgid ""
"Subsection header. Followed by the name of the subsection. Used to divide a "
"<literal>.Sh</literal> section into subsections."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8711
msgid "<literal>.Bl</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8712
msgid "Begin list. Start a list of items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8716
msgid "<literal>.El</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8717
msgid "End a list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8721
msgid "<literal>.Bd</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8722
msgid "Begin display. Begin a special area of text, like an indented area."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8727
msgid "<literal>.Ed</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8728
msgid "End display."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:8736
msgid "Inline Macros"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:8738
msgid "Many macros are used to mark up inline text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8744
msgid "Inline Macro"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8751
msgid "<literal>.Nm</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8752
msgid ""
"Name. Called with a name as a parameter on the first use, then used later "
"without the parameter to display the name that has already been defined."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8759
msgid "<literal>.Pa</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8760
msgid "Path to a file. Used to mark up filenames and directory paths."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8771
msgid "Sample Manual Page Structures"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8773
msgid ""
"This section shows minimal desired man page contents for several common "
"categories of manual pages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8777
msgid "Section 1 or 8 Command"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8779
msgid "The preferred basic structure for a section 1 or 8 command:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-sample-structures-section-1-8-sample
#: book.translate.xml:8782
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
".Dd August 25, 2017\n"
".Dt EXAMPLECMD 8\n"
".Os\n"
".Sh NAME\n"
".Nm examplecmd\n"
".Nd \"command to demonstrate section 1 and 8 man pages\"\n"
".Sh SYNOPSIS\n"
".Nm\n"
".Op Fl v\n"
".Sh DESCRIPTION\n"
"The\n"
".Nm\n"
"utility does nothing except demonstrate a trivial but complete\n"
"manual page for a section 1 or 8 command.\n"
".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
".Xr exampleconf 5\n"
".Sh AUTHORS\n"
".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8803
msgid "Section 4 Device Driver"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8805
msgid "The preferred basic structure for a section 4 device driver:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-sample-structures-section-4-sample
#: book.translate.xml:8808
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
".Dd August 25, 2017\n"
".Dt EXAMPLEDRIVER 4\n"
".Os\n"
".Sh NAME\n"
".Nm exampledriver\n"
".Nd \"driver to demonstrate section 4 man pages\"\n"
".Sh SYNOPSIS\n"
"To compile this driver into the kernel, add this line to the\n"
"kernel configuration file:\n"
".Bd -ragged -offset indent\n"
".Cd \"device exampledriver\"\n"
".Ed\n"
".Pp\n"
"To load the driver as a module at boot, add this line to\n"
".Xr loader.conf 5 :\n"
".Bd -literal -offset indent\n"
"exampledriver_load=\"YES\"\n"
".Ed\n"
".Sh DESCRIPTION\n"
"The\n"
".Nm\n"
"driver provides an opportunity to show a skeleton or template\n"
"file for section 4 manual pages.\n"
".Sh HARDWARE\n"
"The\n"
".Nm\n"
"driver supports these cards from the aptly-named Nonexistent\n"
"Technologies:\n"
".Pp\n"
".Bl -bullet -compact\n"
".It\n"
"NT X149.2 (single and dual port)\n"
".It\n"
"NT X149.8 (single port)\n"
".El\n"
".Sh DIAGNOSTICS\n"
".Bl -diag\n"
".It \"flashing green light\"\n"
"Something bad happened.\n"
".It \"flashing red light\"\n"
"Something really bad happened.\n"
".It \"solid black light\"\n"
"Power cord is unplugged.\n"
".El\n"
".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
".Xr example 8\n"
".Sh HISTORY\n"
"The\n"
".Nm\n"
"device driver first appeared in\n"
".Fx 49.2 .\n"
".Sh AUTHORS\n"
".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:8864
msgid "Section 5 Configuration File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:8866
msgid "The preferred basic structure for a section 5 configuration file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-sample-structures-section-5-sample
#: book.translate.xml:8869
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
".Dd August 25, 2017\n"
".Dt EXAMPLECONF 5\n"
".Os\n"
".Sh NAME\n"
".Nm example.conf\n"
".Nd \"config file to demonstrate section 5 man pages\"\n"
".Sh DESCRIPTION\n"
".Nm\n"
"is an example configuration file.\n"
".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
".Xr example 8\n"
".Sh AUTHORS\n"
".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8886
msgid "Example Manual Pages to Use as Templates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8888
msgid "Some manual pages are suitable as in-depth examples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8894
msgid "Manual Page"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8895
msgid "Path to Source Location"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8902
msgid "<filename>/usr/src/bin/cp/cp.1</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8906
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8907
msgid "<filename>/usr/src/share/man/man4/vt.4</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8911
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8912
msgid "<filename>/usr/src/usr.sbin/cron/crontab/crontab.5</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8916
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:8917
msgid "<filename>/usr/src/sbin/geom/class/part/gpart.8</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8925
msgid "Resources"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8927
msgid "Resources for manual page writers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8931
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8935
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mandoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
"citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8939
msgid ""
"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groff_mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8943
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://manpages.bsd.lv/mdoc.html\">Practical UNIX Manuals:"
" mdoc</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:8948
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://manpages.bsd.lv/history.html\">History of UNIX "
"Manpages</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:8987
msgid "Writing Style"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:8990
msgid "Tips"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:8992
msgid ""
"Technical documentation can be improved by consistent use of several "
"principles. Most of these can be classified into three goals: <emphasis>be "
"clear</emphasis>, <emphasis>be complete</emphasis>, and <emphasis>be "
"concise</emphasis>. These goals can conflict with each other. Good writing "
"consists of a balance between them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9001
msgid "Be Clear"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9003
msgid ""
"Clarity is extremely important. The reader may be a novice, or reading the "
"document in a second language. Strive for simple, uncomplicated text that "
"clearly explains the concepts."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9008
msgid ""
"Avoid flowery or embellished speech, jokes, or colloquial expressions. Write "
"as simply and clearly as possible. Simple text is easier to understand and "
"translate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9012
msgid ""
"Keep explanations as short, simple, and clear as possible. Avoid empty "
"phrases like <quote>in order to</quote>, which usually just means <quote>to</"
"quote>. Avoid potentially patronizing words like <quote>basically</quote>. "
"Avoid Latin terms like <quote>i.e.,</quote> or <quote>cf.</quote>, which may "
"be unknown outside of academic or scientific groups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9020
msgid ""
"Write in a formal style. Avoid addressing the reader as <quote>you</quote>. "
"For example, say <quote>copy the file to <filename>/tmp</filename></quote> "
"rather than <quote>you can copy the file to <filename>/tmp</filename></"
"quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9026
msgid ""
"Give clear, correct, <emphasis>tested</emphasis> examples. A trivial example "
"is better than no example. A good example is better yet. Do not give bad "
"examples, identifiable by apologies or sentences like <quote>but really it "
"should never be done that way</quote>. Bad examples are worse than no "
"examples. Give good examples, because <emphasis>even when warned not to use "
"the example as shown</emphasis>, the reader will usually just use the "
"example as shown."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9035
msgid ""
"Avoid <emphasis>weasel words</emphasis> like <quote>should</quote>, "
"<quote>might</quote>, <quote>try</quote>, or <quote>could</quote>. These "
"words imply that the speaker is unsure of the facts, and create doubt in the "
"reader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9041
msgid ""
"Similarly, give instructions as imperative commands: not <quote>you should "
"do this</quote>, but merely <quote>do this</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9047
msgid "Be Complete"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9049
msgid ""
"Do not make assumptions about the reader's abilities or skill level. Tell "
"them what they need to know. Give links to other documents to provide "
"background information without having to recreate it. Put yourself in the "
"reader's place, anticipate the questions they will ask, and answer them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9058
msgid "Be Concise"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9060
msgid ""
"While features should be documented completely, sometimes there is so much "
"information that the reader cannot easily find the specific detail needed. "
"The balance between being complete and being concise is a challenge. One "
"approach is to have an introduction, then a <quote>quick start</quote> "
"section that describes the most common situation, followed by an in-depth "
"reference section."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9071
msgid "Guidelines"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9073
msgid ""
"To promote consistency between the myriad authors of the FreeBSD "
"documentation, some guidelines have been drawn up for authors to follow."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:9079
msgid "Use American English Spelling"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9082
msgid ""
"There are several variants of English, with different spellings for the same "
"word. Where spellings differ, use the American English variant. "
"<quote>color</quote>, not <quote>colour</quote>, <quote>rationalize</quote>, "
"not <quote>rationalise</quote>, and so on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: book.translate.xml:9089
msgid ""
"The use of British English may be accepted in the case of a contributed "
"article, however the spelling must be consistent within the whole document. "
"The other documents such as books, web site, manual pages, etc. will have to "
"use American English."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:9099
msgid "Do not use contractions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9102
msgid ""
"Do not use contractions. Always spell the phrase out in full. <quote>Don't "
"use contractions</quote> is wrong."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9106
msgid ""
"Avoiding contractions makes for a more formal tone, is more precise, and is "
"slightly easier for translators."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:9113
msgid "Use the serial comma"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9116
msgid ""
"In a list of items within a paragraph, separate each item from the others "
"with a comma. Separate the last item from the others with a comma and the "
"word <quote>and</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9121
msgid "For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
#: book.translate.xml:9124
msgid "This is a list of one, two and three items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9127
msgid ""
"Is this a list of three items, <quote>one</quote>, <quote>two</quote>, and "
"<quote>three</quote>, or a list of two items, <quote>one</quote> and "
"<quote>two and three</quote>?"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9132
msgid "It is better to be explicit and include a serial comma:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
#: book.translate.xml:9136
msgid "This is a list of one, two, and three items."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:9142
msgid "Avoid redundant phrases"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9145
msgid ""
"Do not use redundant phrases. In particular, <quote>the command</quote>, "
"<quote>the file</quote>, and <quote>man command</quote> are often redundant."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9149
msgid "For example, commands:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
#: book.translate.xml:9152
msgid "Wrong: Use the <command>svn</command> command to update sources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
#: book.translate.xml:9157
msgid "Right: Use <command>svn</command> to update sources."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9161
msgid "Filenames:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
#: book.translate.xml:9164
msgid "Wrong: … in the filename <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename>…"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
#: book.translate.xml:9169
msgid "Right: … in <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename>…"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9173
msgid ""
"Manual page references (the second example uses <tag>citerefentry</tag> with "
"the <literal>&amp;man.csh.1;</literal> entity):."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
#: book.translate.xml:9178
msgid "Wrong: See <command>man csh</command> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
#: book.translate.xml:9183
msgid ""
"Right: See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
#: book.translate.xml:9189
msgid "Two spaces between sentences"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9192
msgid ""
"Always use two spaces between sentences, as it improves readability and "
"eases use of tools such as <application>Emacs</application>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9196
msgid ""
"A period and spaces followed by a capital letter does not always mark a new "
"sentence, especially in names. <quote>Jordan K. Hubbard</quote> is a good "
"example. It has a capital <literal>H</literal> following a period and a "
"space, and is certainly not a new sentence."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9205
msgid ""
"For more information about writing style, see <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
"bartleby.com/141/\">Elements of Style</link>, by William Strunk."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9210
msgid "Style Guide"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9212
msgid ""
"To keep the source for the documentation consistent when many different "
"people are editing it, please follow these style conventions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9217
msgid "Letter Case"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9219
msgid ""
"Tags are entered in lower case, <tag>para</tag>, <emphasis>not</emphasis> "
"<tag>PARA</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9222
msgid ""
"Text that appears in SGML contexts is generally written in upper case, "
"<literal>&lt;!ENTITY…&gt;</literal>, and <literal>&lt;!DOCTYPE…&gt;</"
"literal>, <emphasis>not</emphasis> <literal>&lt;!entity…&gt;</literal> and "
"<literal>&lt;!doctype…&gt;</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9233
msgid ""
"Acronyms should be defined the first time they appear in a document, as in: "
"<quote>Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>)</quote>. After the "
"acronym has been defined, use the acronym alone unless it makes more sense "
"contextually to use the whole term. Acronyms are usually defined only once "
"per chapter or per document."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9241
msgid "All acronyms should be enclosed in <tag>acronym</tag> tags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9246
msgid "Indentation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9248
msgid ""
"The first line in each file starts with no indentation, "
"<emphasis>regardless</emphasis> of the indentation level of the file which "
"might contain the current file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9252
msgid ""
"Opening tags increase the indentation level by two spaces. Closing tags "
"decrease the indentation level by two spaces. Blocks of eight spaces at the "
"start of a line should be replaced with a tab. Do not use spaces in front of "
"tabs, and do not add extraneous whitespace at the end of a line. Content "
"within elements should be indented by two spaces if the content runs over "
"more than one line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9260
msgid "For example, the source for this section looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9263
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Indentation<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The first line in each file starts "
"with no indentation,\n"
"	<tag class=\"starttag\">emphasis</tag>regardless<tag class="
"\"endtag\">emphasis</tag> of the indentation level of\n"
"	the file which might contain the current file.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</"
"tag>\n"
"\n"
"      ...\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9281
msgid ""
"Tags containing long attributes follow the same rules. Following the "
"indentation rules in this case helps editors and writers see which content "
"is inside the tags:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9286
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>See the <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
"    linkend=\"gmirror-troubleshooting\"</tag>Troubleshooting<tag class="
"\"endtag\">link</tag>\n"
"  section if there are problems booting.  Powering down and\n"
"  disconnecting the original <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>ada0<tag "
"class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> disk\n"
"  will allow it to be kept as an offline backup.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</"
"tag>\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>It is also possible to journal the boot "
"disk of a &amp;os;\n"
"  system.  Refer to the article <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
"    xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles.gjournal-desktop;\"</tag>Implementing UFS\n"
"    Journaling on a Desktop PC<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag> for detailed\n"
"  instructions.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9298
msgid ""
"When an element is too long to fit on the remainder of a line without "
"wrapping, moving the start tag to the next line can make the source easier "
"to read. In this example, the <literal>systemitem</literal> element has been "
"moved to the next line to avoid wrapping and indenting:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9304
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>With file flags, even\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"username\"</tag>root<tag class="
"\"endtag\">systemitem</tag> can be\n"
"  prevented from removing or altering files.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9308
msgid ""
"Configurations to help various text editors conform to these guidelines can "
"be found in <xref linkend=\"editor-config\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9314
msgid "Tag Style"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:9317
msgid "Tag Spacing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9319
msgid ""
"Tags that start at the same indent as a previous tag should be separated by "
"a blank line, and those that are not at the same indent as a previous tag "
"should not:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9324
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">article lang='en'</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">articleinfo</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>NIS<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">pubdate</tag>October 1999<tag class="
"\"endtag\">pubdate</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>...\n"
"	...\n"
"	...<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">articleinfo</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
#: book.translate.xml:9353
msgid "Separating Tags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9355
msgid ""
"Tags like <tag>itemizedlist</tag> which will always have further tags inside "
"them, and in fact do not take character data themselves, are always on a "
"line by themselves."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9360
msgid ""
"Tags like <tag>para</tag> and <tag>term</tag> do not need other tags to "
"contain normal character data, and their contents begin immediately after "
"the tag, <emphasis>on the same line</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9365
msgid "The same applies to when these two types of tags close."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9368
msgid "This leads to an obvious problem when mixing these tags."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9371
msgid ""
"When a starting tag which cannot contain character data directly follows a "
"tag of the type that requires other tags within it to use character data, "
"they are on separate lines. The second tag should be properly indented."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
#: book.translate.xml:9376
msgid ""
"When a tag which can contain character data closes directly after a tag "
"which cannot contain character data closes, they co-exist on the same line."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9383
msgid "Whitespace Changes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9385
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Do not commit changes to content at the same time as changes to "
"formatting</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9389
msgid ""
"When content and whitespace changes are kept separate, translation teams can "
"easily see whether a change was content that must be translated or only "
"whitespace."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9393
msgid ""
"For example, if two sentences have been added to a paragraph so that the "
"line lengths now go over 80 columns, first commit the change with the too-"
"long lines. Then fix the line wrapping, and commit this second change. In "
"the commit message for the second change, indicate that this is a whitespace-"
"only change that can be ignored by translators."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9403
msgid "Non-Breaking Space"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9405
msgid ""
"Avoid line breaks in places where they look ugly or make it difficult to "
"follow a sentence. Line breaks depend on the width of the chosen output "
"medium. In particular, viewing the HTML documentation with a text browser "
"can lead to badly formatted paragraphs like the next one:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/literallayout
#: book.translate.xml:9411
#, no-wrap
msgid "Data capacity ranges from 40 MB to 15\n"
"GB.  Hardware compression …"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9414
msgid ""
"The general entity <literal>&amp;nbsp;</literal> prohibits line breaks "
"between parts belonging together. Use non-breaking spaces in the following "
"places:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9420
msgid "between numbers and units:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9421
#, no-wrap
msgid "57600&amp;nbsp;bps"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9425
msgid "between program names and version numbers:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9426
#, no-wrap
msgid "&amp;os;&amp;nbsp;9.2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9430
msgid ""
"between multiword names (use with caution when applying this to more than 3-"
"4 word names like <quote>The FreeBSD Brazilian Portuguese Documentation "
"Project</quote>):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9434
#, no-wrap
msgid "Sun&amp;nbsp;Microsystems"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9441
msgid "Word List"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9443
msgid ""
"This list of words shows the correct spelling and capitalization when used "
"in FreeBSD documentation. If a word is not on this list, ask about it on the "
"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-"
"doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9451
msgid "Word"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9452
msgid "XML Code"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9453
msgid "Notes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9459
msgid "CD-ROM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9461
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag><literal>CD-ROM</literal><tag class="
"\"endtag\">acronym</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9465
msgid "DoS (Denial of Service)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9466
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag><literal>DoS</literal><tag class="
"\"endtag\">acronym</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9470
msgid "email"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9474
msgid "file system"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9478
msgid "IPsec"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9482
msgid "Internet"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9486
msgid "manual page"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9490
msgid "mail server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9494
msgid "name server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9498
msgid "Ports Collection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9502
msgid "read-only"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9506
msgid "Soft Updates"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9510
msgid "stdin"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9511
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stdin<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</"
"tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9515
msgid "stdout"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9516
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stdout<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</"
"tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9520
msgid "stderr"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9521
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stderr<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</"
"tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9525
msgid "Subversion"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9527
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">application</tag><literal>Subversion</literal><tag "
"class=\"endtag\">application</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9528
msgid ""
"Do not refer to the Subversion application as <literal>SVN</literal> in "
"upper case. To refer to the command, use <tag class=\"starttag\">command</"
"tag><literal>svn</literal><tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9539
msgid "userland"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9541
msgid "things that apply to user space, not the kernel"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: book.translate.xml:9546
msgid "web server"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:9584
msgid "Editor Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:9586
msgid ""
"Adjusting text editor configuration can make working on document files "
"quicker and easier, and help documents conform to <acronym>FDP</acronym> "
"guidelines."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9591
msgid "<application>Vim</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9593
msgid ""
"Install from <package>editors/vim</package>, <package>editors/vim-console</"
"package>, or <package>editors/vim-tiny</package> then follow the "
"configuration instructions in <xref linkend=\"editor-config-vim-config\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9602
msgid ""
"Press <keycap>P</keycap> to reformat paragraphs or text that has been "
"selected in Visual mode. Press <keycap>T</keycap> to replace groups of eight "
"spaces with a tab."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9609 book.translate.xml:9750
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9611
msgid ""
"Edit <filename>~/.vimrc</filename>, adding these lines to the end of the "
"file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9614
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"if has(\"autocmd\")\n"
"    au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sgml,*.ent,*.xsl,*.xml call Set_SGML()\n"
"    au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[1-9] call ShowSpecial()\n"
"endif \" has(autocmd)\n"
"\n"
"function Set_Highlights()\n"
"    \"match ExtraWhitespace /^\\s* \\s*\\|\\s\\+$/\n"
"    highlight default link OverLength ErrorMsg\n"
"    match OverLength /\\%71v.\\+/\n"
"    return 0\n"
"endfunction\n"
"\n"
"function ShowSpecial()\n"
"    setlocal list listchars=tab:&gt;&gt;,trail:*,eol:$\n"
"    hi def link nontext ErrorMsg\n"
"    return 0\n"
"endfunction \" ShowSpecial()\n"
"\n"
"function Set_SGML()\n"
"    setlocal number\n"
"    syn match sgmlSpecial \"&amp;[^;]*;\"\n"
"    setlocal syntax=sgml\n"
"    setlocal filetype=xml\n"
"    setlocal shiftwidth=2\n"
"    setlocal textwidth=70\n"
"    setlocal tabstop=8\n"
"    setlocal softtabstop=2\n"
"    setlocal formatprg=\"fmt -p\"\n"
"    setlocal autoindent\n"
"    setlocal smartindent\n"
"    \" Rewrap paragraphs\n"
"    noremap P gqj\n"
"    \" Replace spaces with tabs\n"
"    noremap T :s/        /\\t/&lt;CR&gt;\n"
"    call ShowSpecial()\n"
"    call Set_Highlights()\n"
"    return 0\n"
"endfunction \" Set_SGML()"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9656
msgid "<application>Emacs</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9658
msgid ""
"Install from <package>editors/emacs</package> or <package>editors/emacs-"
"devel</package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9662
msgid "Validation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9664
msgid ""
"Emacs's nxml-mode uses compact relax NG schemas for validating XML. A "
"compact relax NG schema for FreeBSD's extension to DocBook 5.0 is included "
"in the documentation repository. To configure nxml-mode to validate using "
"this schema, create <filename>~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml</filename> and "
"add these lines to the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9672
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<tag class=\"starttag\">locatingRules xmlns=\"http://thaiopensource.com/ns/"
"locating-rules/1.0\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"section\" typeId="
"\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"chapter\" typeId="
"\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"article\" typeId="
"\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"book\" typeId="
"\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">typeId id=\"DocBook\" uri=\"/usr/local/share/xml/"
"docbook/5.0/rng/docbook.rnc\"</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">locatingRules</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9683
msgid "Automated Proofreading with Flycheck and Igor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9685
msgid ""
"The Flycheck package is available from Milkypostman's Emacs Lisp Package "
"Archive (<acronym>MELPA</acronym>). If <acronym>MELPA</acronym> is not "
"already in Emacs's packages-archives, it can be added by evaluating"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9690
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(add-to-list 'package-archives '(\"melpa\" . \"http://stable.melpa.org/"
"packages/\") t)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9692
msgid ""
"Add the line to Emacs's initialization file (one of <filename>~/.emacs</"
"filename>, <filename>~/.emacs.el</filename>, or <filename>~.emacs.d/init.el</"
"filename>) to make this change permanent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9698
msgid "To install Flycheck, evaluate"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9700
#, no-wrap
msgid "(package-install 'flycheck)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9702
msgid ""
"Create a Flycheck checker for <package>textproc/igor</package> by evaluating"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9705
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"(flycheck-define-checker igor\n"
"  \"FreeBSD Documentation Project sanity checker.\n"
"\n"
"See URLs https://www.freebsd.org/docproj/ and\n"
"http://www.freshports.org/textproc/igor/.\"\n"
"  :command (\"igor\" \"-X\" source-inplace)\n"
"  :error-parser flycheck-parse-checkstyle\n"
"  :modes (nxml-mode)\n"
"  :standard-input t)\n"
"\n"
"  (add-to-list 'flycheck-checkers 'igor 'append)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9717
msgid ""
"Again, add these lines to Emacs's initialization file to make the changes "
"permanent."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: book.translate.xml:9722
msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Specific Settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9724
msgid ""
"To apply settings specific to the FreeBSD documentation project, create "
"<filename>.dir-locals.el</filename> in the root directory of the "
"documentation repository and add these lines to the file:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9729
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
";;; Directory Local Variables\n"
";;; For more information see (info \"(emacs) Directory Variables\")\n"
"\n"
"((nxml-mode\n"
"  (eval . (turn-on-auto-fill))\n"
"  (fill-column . 70)\n"
"  (eval . (require 'flycheck))\n"
"  (eval . (flycheck-mode 1))\n"
"  (flycheck-checker . igor)\n"
"  (eval . (add-to-list 'rng-schema-locating-files \"~/.emacs.d/schema/"
"schemas.xml\"))))"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9743
msgid "<application>nano</application>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: book.translate.xml:9745
msgid ""
"Install from <package>editors/nano</package> or <package>editors/nano-devel</"
"package>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9752
msgid ""
"Copy the sample <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax highlight file to the user's "
"home directory:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cp /usr/local/share/nano/xml.nanorc ~/.nanorc</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9757
msgid ""
"Use an editor to replace the lines in the <filename>~/.nanorc</filename> "
"<literal>syntax \"xml\"</literal> block with these rules:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"syntax \"xml\" \"\\.([jrs]html?|xml|xslt?)$\"\n"
"# trailing whitespace\n"
"color ,blue \"[[:space:]]+$\"\n"
"# multiples of eight spaces at the start a line\n"
"# (after zero or more tabs) should be a tab\n"
"color ,blue \"^([TAB]*[ ]{8})+\"\n"
"# tabs after spaces\n"
"color ,yellow \"( )+TAB\"\n"
"# highlight indents that have an odd number of spaces\n"
"color ,red \"^(([ ]{2})+|(TAB+))*[ ]{1}[^ ]{1}\"\n"
"# lines longer than 70 characters\n"
"color ,yellow \"^(.{71})|(TAB.{63})|(TAB{2}.{55})|(TAB{3}.{47}).+$\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9774
msgid "Process the file to create embedded tabs:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9776
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>perl -i'' -pe 's/TAB/\\t/g' ~/.nanorc</"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9782
msgid "Specify additional helpful options when running the editor:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9785
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8 <replaceable>chapter."
"xml</replaceable></userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9787
msgid ""
"Users of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
"manvolnum></citerefentry> can define an alias in <filename>~/.cshrc</"
"filename> to automate these options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9791
#, no-wrap
msgid "alias nano \"nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8\""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: book.translate.xml:9793
msgid "After the alias is defined, the options will be added automatically:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: book.translate.xml:9796
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nano <replaceable>chapter.xml</replaceable></"
"userinput>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: book.translate.xml:9833
msgid "See Also"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: book.translate.xml:9835
msgid ""
"This document is deliberately not an exhaustive discussion of XML, the DTDs "
"listed, and the FreeBSD Documentation Project. For more information about "
"these, you are encouraged to see the following web sites."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9841
msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Project"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9845
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/docproj/index.html\">The FreeBSD "
"Documentation Project web pages</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9850
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/"
"index.html\">The FreeBSD Handbook</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9857
msgid "XML"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9861
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/XML/\">W3C's XML page SGML/XML web "
"page</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9868
msgid "HTML"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9872
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/\">The World Wide Web Consortium</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9877
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/\">The HTML 4.0 "
"specification</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: book.translate.xml:9884
msgid "DocBook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9888
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/\">The DocBook "
"Technical Committee</link>, maintainers of the DocBook DTD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9894
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.docbook.org/\">DocBook: The Definitive Guide</"
"link>, the online documentation for the DocBook DTD"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: book.translate.xml:9900
msgid ""
"<link xlink:href=\"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/\">The DocBook Open "
"Repository</link> contains DSSSL stylesheets and other resources for people "
"using DocBook"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
#: book.translate.xml:9945
msgid ""
"These examples are not exhaustive—they do not contain all the elements that "
"might be desirable to use, particularly in a document's front matter. For "
"more examples of DocBook markup, examine the <acronym>XML</acronym> source "
"for this and other documents available in the <application>Subversion</"
"application> <literal>doc</literal> repository, or available online starting "
"at <uri xlink:href=\"http://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/\">http://svnweb.FreeBSD."
"org/doc/</uri>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:9954 book.translate.xml:9957
msgid "DocBook <tag>book</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:9959
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//"
"EN\"\n"
"	\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\"&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">book xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n"
"  xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n"
"  xml:lang=\"en\"</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example Book<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag>Your first name<tag class="
"\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag>Your surname<tag class="
"\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
"	  <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>foo@example.com<tag class="
"\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag>2000<tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">holder</tag>Copyright string here<tag class="
"\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>If your book has an abstract then it "
"should go here.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">preface</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Preface<tag class=\"endtag\">title</"
"tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Your book may have a preface, in which "
"case it should be placed\n"
"      here.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">preface</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Chapter<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first chapter in my book."
"<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Section<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first section in my book."
"<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">book</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: example/title
#: book.translate.xml:10015 book.translate.xml:10018
msgid "DocBook <tag>article</tag>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
#: book.translate.xml:10020
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"&lt;!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based "
"Extension//EN\"\n"
"	\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\"&gt;\n"
"\n"
"<tag class=\"starttag\">article xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n"
"  xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n"
"  xml:lang=\"en\"</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example Article<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag>Your first name<tag class="
"\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
"        <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag>Your surname<tag class="
"\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
"	  <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>foo@example.com<tag class="
"\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
"	<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag>2000<tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">holder</tag>Copyright string here<tag class="
"\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>If your article has an abstract then "
"it should go here.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
"\n"
"  <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Section<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first section in my "
"article.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"\n"
"    <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Sub-Section<tag class="
"\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
"\n"
"      <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first sub-section in my "
"article.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
"    <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
"  <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
msgstr ""